6-K 1 d162184d6k.htm FORM 6-K Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

Report of Foreign Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Month of June 2021

Commission File Number: 001-32294

 

 

 

TATA MOTORS LIMITED

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

 

BOMBAY HOUSE

24, HOMI MODY STREET,

MUMBAI 400 001, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA

Telephone # 91 22 6665 8282 Fax # 91 22 6665 7799

(Address of principal executive office)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  ☒ Form 40-F  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether by furnishing the information contained in this Form, the Registrant is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Yes  ☐ No  ☒

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g 3-2(b): Not Applicable

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item 1

   Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Annual Report 2020/21: Form 6-K dated June 2, 2021.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

Tata Motors Limited
By:   /s/ Hoshang K Sethna
Name:   Hoshang K Sethna
Title:   Company Secretary

Dated: Jun 2, 2021


Table of Contents

Item 1

 

JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

BY APPOINTMENT TO HM THE QUEEN MANUFACTURERS OF MOTOR VEHICLES D CO JAGUAR LAND ROVER LIMITED VENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HRH THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH MANUFACTURERS OF MOTOR VEHICLES JAGUAR LAND ROVER LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HRH THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF MOTOR VEHICLES JAGUAR LAND ROVER LIMITED COVENTRY CONTENTS FISCAL YEAR 2020/21 AT A GLANCE STRATEGIC REPORT 3 Fiscal year 2020/21 at a glance 4 Chairman’s statement 5 Chief Executive Officer’s statement 6 Our strategy 10 Refocus 11 Our business model 12 Our achievements 14 Our environmental and social responsibility 18 Global retail sales 20 Chief Financial Officer’s statement 21 Our financial performance 24 Our approach to risks 26 Principal risks 28 Introduction to governance 34 Leadership 36 Effectiveness 38 Accountability 40 Investor relations engagement 40 Jaguar Land Rover’s approach to tax DIRECTORS’ REPORT 42 Directors’ report FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 46 Independent auditor’s report 54 Consolidated income statement 54 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and expense 55 Consolidated balance sheet 56 Consolidated statement of changes in equity 57 Consolidated cash flow statement 58 Notes (forming part of the consolidated financial statements) 126 Parent company financial statements JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 WE ARE A GLOBAL AUTOMOTIVE MANUFACTURER WITH DISTINCT BRANDS, JAGUAR AND LAND ROVER. OUR NEW STRATEGY IS THE REIMAGINING OF THE FUTURE OF MODERN LUXURY BY DESIGN THROUGH A CANVAS OF TRUE SUSTAINABILITY AND A NEW BENCHMARK IN QUALITY. WE WILL BECOME THE CREATOR OF THE WORLD’S MOST DESIRABLE, LUXURY VEHICLES AND SERVICES FOR THE MOST DISCERNING OF CUSTOMERS. RETAIL SALES1 WHOLESALES1 439,588 UNITS 347,632 UNITS FY 2020/21: 439,588 FY 2020/21: 347,632 FY 2019/20: 508,659 FY 2019/20: 475,952 FY 2018/19: 578,915 FY 2018/19: 507,895 REVENUE PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX AND EXCEPTIONAL CHARGES1,2 £19.7 BN £0.7 BN FY 2020/21: £19.7bn FY 2020/21: £0.7bn FY 2019/20: £23.0bn FY 2019/20: £(0.4)bn FY 2018/19: £24.2bn FY 2018/19: £(0.4)bn FREE CASH FLOW1 NET DEBT1 £0.2 BN £1.9 BN FY 2020/21: £0.2bn FY 2020/21: £1.9bn FY 2019/20: £(0.8)bn FY 2019/20: £2.2bn FY 2018/19: £(1.3)bn FY 2018/19: £0.7bn 1 Please see note 3 of the financial statements on page 73 for alternative performance measures, some of which have been restated compared to the prior year, most notably Free cash flow, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. 2 Please see note 4 of the financial statements on page 76 for more information relating to exceptional items. Of the £1,523 million of exceptional charges in FY21, £1,486 million were incurred as a result of announcing the Reimagine strategy in February 2021, comprising £952 million of non-cash write downs and £534 million of restructuring and other costs 3


Table of Contents

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S STATEMENT The previous year has been amongst the most challenging to-date with the Covid-19 pandemic causing grief and suffering to humanity at large while adversely impacting the global economy. For Jaguar Land Rover this resulted in a lower consumer demand along with disruptions in production, supply chain and retail networks. This was further exacerbated by the uncertainty over future trading relations with the EU post Brexit. In this context, I am happy to share that the company has delivered a resilient performance during the year. Its financial and market performance notwithstanding, Jaguar Land Rover with its famous British brands made a critical contribution to the Tata Group’s worldwide efforts to help our communities and our people. Despite a 14% drop in revenue to £19.7 billion, the business improved its EBIT margins by 250 basis points to 2.6% and generated positive free cash flows of £185 million. Retail sales declined 14% for the year with China being the exception growing at a strong 23%. The all-new Land Rover Defender was a standout performer retailing 45.2K units for the full year as well as winning the 2021 World Car Design of the Year. During the year, we had a smooth CEO transition where Thierry Bolloré took over as the CEO of Jaguar Land Rover from Professor Sir Ralf Speth. I would like to thank Professor Sir Ralf Speth for his invaluable contributions to make Jaguar Land Rover what it is today. During his tenure the company grew its revenues by over 3.5x and its EBITDA by over 6x. Under his leadership, Jaguar Land Rover has become a differentiated luxury OEM with two fabled well-invested brands, a talent base that is world class and a set of skills and capabilities that will serve us well for the future. Thierry has very quickly moved into his role and worked closely with the team and the Board to develop the future strategy. Jaguar Land Rover under his leadership, has now unveiled its new Reimagine strategy to make the company a world leader in electrified luxury vehicles, sustainability, manufacturing efficiency and new automotive technologies to deliver a strong market performance which shall create long-term shareholder value. I am very excited by this new aspiration of the company which will help it cement its place as a sustainable mobility leader. We are also working together to drive greater collaboration and synergies within the Tata Group in areas like clean energy, connected services, data and software development. Looking into the next year and beyond, I am happy that we have come out of the pandemic much stronger, with a future ready strategy that we will execute flawlessly. Our portfolio is fresh, and our performance is improving consistently. We have the foundations in place for a sustained, cash accretive growth. I look forward with confidence to Jaguar Land Rover’s profitable, growing, and electric future and I would like to thank all our colleagues and partners for their continued hard work in making this a reality. NATARAJAN CHANDRASEKARAN CHAIRMAN Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc 28 May 2021 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 In September 2020 it was my privilege to become Chief Executive Officer of Jaguar Land Rover. My view of the company from afar was always one of uniqueness, of Britishness, and of immense brand equity. From inside, the clarity of that view is even sharper. Nobody could have anticipated the tragic events of the past year. I’m deeply proud of our people and the way we worked together to support our communities throughout the year. The tremendous resilience of my Jaguar Land Rover colleagues is truly inspiring. Even without the impacts of Covid-19, the business faced challenges that could be considered major risks. However, the pathway navigated during the final two quarters is evidence of our fundamentally strong, re-emerging business. Of course, there are still many hurdles to overcome, including the current global shortage of semiconductors, but we now have a clear view of the road ahead with our Reimagine strategy; a future of modern luxury by design. Reimagine allows us to confidently transform the business and its distinct brands, to over satisfy our customers, and reward both our investors and our people. We will simplify our architecture strategy and reorganise our manufacturing footprint, placing quality and sustainability at the heart of everything we do. We are now becoming a more agile organisation that plays to our human-centric strengths. We will create a knowledge-sharing collaborative ecosystem with the very best partners in global industry to leapfrog forward in clean energy, software and digitalisation. Jaguar Land Rover will focus on value creation through a profit-over-volume approach. Our goal is to deliver double-digit EBIT margin and become one of the world’s most profitable luxury manufacturers. Reimagine will see us journey towards net zero carbon by 2039. Both our brands will be transformed by electrification, with six new all-electric Land Rover models in the next five years and Jaguar completely reimagined as a pure electric brand, from 2025. Reimagine is our clear strategy. Driving it forward is our Refocus programme, which will generate sustainable, long-term value through operational excellence. To help deliver our vision, we have created four new roles on the Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors during the last fi-nancial year. Nigel Blenkinsop joins as Executive Director of Company Quality & Customer Satisfaction; Dave Owen oversees a new Supply Chain function; and Nick Collins assumes responsibility for all programme development and product lifecycles, as Vehicle Programmes lead. Finally, to reinforce the importance of carefully curated brand values and design excellence in the success of modern luxury, Professor Gerry McGovern joins the Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors for both brands as Chief Creative Officer. Ultimately, our will is to become the creator of the world’s most desirable luxury vehicles and products, for the most discerning of customers. Our plan is not to catch up; our plan is to lead.THIERRY BOLLORÉCHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc 28 May 2021 5


Table of Contents

OUR STRATEGY OUR VISION IS CLEAR: TO BECOME THE CREATOR OF THE WORLD’S MOST DESIRABLE LUXURY VEHICLES AND SERVICES, FOR THE MOST DISCERNING OF CUSTOMERS. Jaguar Land Rover is unique in the global automotive industry. We create peerless models, from an unrivalled understanding of modern luxury, a rich brand equity and spirit of Britishness. In February 2021, we announced our new global strategy, harnessing those ingredients today to reimagine our business, its brands and our customer experience for tomorrow. MODERN LUXURY BY DESIGN In Jaguar and Land Rover, we have distinct British brands steeped in a history of timeless designs that emotionally resonate with our customers; brand equity built over decades. This past year, we have marked the 50th anniversary of Range Rover and seen our iconic Land Rover Defender reborn in its 73rd year, with an all-new family of vehicles on sale in nearly 100 countries around the world. Our Reimagine strategy will release the full potential of our brands, by leapfrogging forward in technology, placing quality and sustainability at the heart of everything we do. At the core of this is the rapid electrification of both Jaguar and Land Rover. Over the next five years, Land Rover will welcome six all-electric variants, with the first arriving in 2024. In this time, Jaguar will have undergone a complete renaissance, emerging as a pure electric luxury brand, from 2025. By the end of the decade, full-BEV powertrains are expected to represent around 60% of total Jaguar Land Rover sales. QUALITY & EFFICIENCY To enable this accelerated shift in electrification, we will establish new benchmark standards in quality and efficiency for the luxury sector and central to this is our new architecture strategy. We will migrate from six different architectures today, to just three by the end of the decade. Land Rover will use the forthcoming Flexible Modular Longitudinal Architecture (MLA-Flex). This will deliver electrified Internal Combustion Engines (e.g. plug-in hybrids and mild-hybrids) initially, but also allows for full battery-electric capability, as we evolve our future product line-up. Joining MLA will be our new Electric Modular Architecture (EMA). It is born from an obsession for simplicity – native-BEV and agnostic to battery chemistry, to advance with future technology. It has also been engineered to accommodate small capacity, high performance electrified ICE – true electric-first flexibility, allowing us to offer BEV, PHEV and MHEV vehicles with exceptional range and performance. For Jaguar, we are creating a radical new market position; one that is aspirational and technologically engaging for the discerning modern luxury customer. And in this, we will be led by design. Truly desirable and compelling vehicles will reimagine the original Jaguar spirit, in an absolutely modern way. For that reason, all new Jaguars will be created on a completely separate architecture, from 2025 and for this, we are consulting now with potential partners. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 REIMAGINE TECHNOLOGY WITHIN Beyond our vehicles, the other significant strategic pillar in Reimagine is a radical digital transformation of our business. Data is the backbone of every vehicle we create, the quality of our manufacturing, our supply chain and the support and services we provide to our customers. And here, being part of the Tata Group offers significant advantages. Others have to rely solely on external partnerships and compromise, but we have frictionless access to some of the world’s leading players in technology, software and clean energy that will allow us to lean forward with confidence and at speed. Through this, we will accelerate the ingredients for modern luxury by design, including our Advanced Driver Assistance Systems, autonomous capability, connected services and Electric Vehicle infrastructure. At the heart of every vehicle we create will be the next generation of our domain based electrical vehicle architecture – EVA continuum – developed with our colleagues at Tata Consultancy Services. This delivers ‘always on, always connected, always up-to-date’, software-over-the-air and the ability for Level 2, 2+ and Level 4 autonomous travel. Annual commitments of around £2.5bn will include investments in electrification technologies and the development of connected services, to enhance the journey and experiences of our customers, alongside data-centric technologies that will further improve their ownership ecosystem. 7


Table of Contents

OUR STRATEGY JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 REFOCUS TO A MORE AGILE OPERATION Through Reimagine, we will also right-size, reorganise and repurpose our footprint to become a more agile business. We will retain all our core global manufacturing plants, with a simple vision: to design new benchmark quality standards for the luxury sector. We will rationalise sourcing and accelerate investments in local circular economy supply chains, by consolidating the number of platforms and models being produced per plant. Solihull will become the manufacturing base for the MLA-Flex architecture and the new Jaguar portfolio. Halewood will welcome the new EMA architecture and we will continue to enhance the strategic benefits of our plants in Slovakia and China. Castle Bromwich will continue to make our existing models to the end of their life. It will then be repurposed and benefit from our plans to realise efficiencies in our Midlands property portfolio. The value creation achieved by simplifying our manufacturing and our architecture strategy dramatically improves the utilisation of our facilities and our overall efficiency. Beyond manufacturing, we are driving transformation through our recently launched Refocus programme (see page 10), which brings together existing and additional activity from across our organisation, to deliver value and efficiencies. Our global engineering centre at Gaydon will become the consolidated home to all our management functions, for frictionless cooperation and agile decision-making, while we substantially reduce and rationalise our other non-manufacturing infrastructure. And agility is not just based on size: flatter management structures will empower employees to create and deliver at speed and with clear purpose. A CLEAR VISION, TOWARDS 2039 Through our Reimagine strategy, we will drive towards a net zero carbon position, by 2039. In doing so, we will reimagine the sustainability of luxury. We are exploring hydrogen fuel-cell technology, to be ready for when the market matures and active development of these powertrains is already underway. We will also create a new benchmark in environmental and societal impact for the luxury sector, accelerating pioneering innovations in materiality, engineering, manufacturing, services and circular economy investments. This will be focused in one team, working globally across the business, the brands and the customer experience. They will be empowered to build on existing initiatives, such as our championing of ultra-luxurious alternatives to leather, as well as investing in start-ups like blockchain technology firm, Circulor, which enables us to source premium materials with greater transparency as to the provenance, welfare, and compliance of suppliers. Together, these actions will contribute to our targets of zero tailpipe emissions by 2036 and to be a Net Zero Carbon business by 2039, including our supply chain, products and global operations. STRUCTURED TO SUCCEED With Reimagine, we will transform Jaguar Land Rover, with a value creation approach, delivering quality and profit, over volume. We will become a more agile business, with a simplified manufacturing operation. We will deliver a new benchmark in environmental, societal and community impact for a luxury business, creating the world’s most desirable luxury vehicles, against a canvas of true sustainability. This will generate double-digit EBIT margins and positive cash-flow, with an ambition to achieve positive cash net-of-debt by 2025. Ultimately, by reimagining the future of modern luxury, our ambition is to be one of the most profitable luxury manufacturers in the world. 9


Table of Contents

REFOCUS OUR BUSINESS MODEL DRIVING OUR REIMAGINE STRATEGY IS OUR OPERATIONAL TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMME, REFOCUS. Refocus brings together existing initiatives (Charge+, Accelerate and Ignite) with new activity, into one clear programme of priorities that will drive greater value creation. Our existing initiatives have already generated significant cash 1 2 3 4 5 6 PROGRAMME     CUSTOMER & DELIVERED END-TO-END QUALITY    DELIVERY & MARKET CHINA COST PER CAR SUPPLY CHAIN PERFORMANCE     PERFORMANCE Efficient     Reduced warranty     Reduction in Faster vehicle Increased profitable Increased profitable programme     spend     vehicle cost delivery times market share market share delivery     7     AGILE ORGANISATION & CULTURE Agile Organisation, Leadership, Capability, Culture     8     INDIGITAL Powering the transformation 9     RESPONSIBLE SPEND Sustaining and increasing cost efficiency Quality is everything and we are committed to reducing our warranty costs further and improving service quality. In Programme Delivery, we will reduce our time to market in product development. We will build on the success of Ignite, expanding this to reduce cost per car in vehicle manufacturing, and logistics. We will focus on our end-to-end supply chain, ensuring we can give customers the right vehicle, at the right time, at the right quality. We will grow profitable market share, both by maximising opportunities in existing markets and by paying specific attention to the potential for our business in China. REFOCUSING OUR CULTURE Beyond these specifics, Refocus is a wholesale transformation of our culture, led by Thierry Bolloré, and Frank Ludwig in the new role of Chief Transformation Officer. Each of the six pillars is led by a member of the Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors, supported by dedicated teams of experienced, senior leaders and 35 workstreams are already established. Refocus is more than an efficiency programme: it will move us savings. Refocus will build quickly on these solid foundations, continuing the most successful aspects and reorganising them for faster results. SIX PILLARS OF REFOCUS The Refocus programme consists of six separate pillars, supported by three cross-functional enablers. from a functional silo driven method of working, to a more agile organisation generating more value. It will change the way we lead, and the way we are organised and structured. DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION Powering Refocus will be a digital transformation. InDigital is the delivery engine behind Refocus. Its mission is to rapidly develop our digital capability, to drive efficiency and ultimately underpin the value creation of Refocus. Our InDigital team includes experts in data analytics and intelligent automation. Their work has already delivered significant savings annually, through the Charge+ programme and will be scaled up to support the activity of the Refocus programme. With InDigital we aim to become a digital leader – trusted internally, respected and aspired to externally. Ultimately, Refocus will drive further profitability in our business, achieving £4 billion of value within five years and 3% incremental EBIT margin by FY2025/26, on our journey to double-digit margins. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21 HOW OUR BUSINESS MODEL CREATES VALUE Our new strategy will evolve our business model, to ensure we redefine Jaguar Land Rover, as a profit-over-volume business and realise its potential to generate sustainable, long-term value through operational excellence. Raw    Supply Customer Skills and Investment materials    chain insights people
INPUTS     INNOVATION, DIGITAL AND TECHNOLOGY DESIGN, VEHICLE MOBILITY     PROGRAMMES AND SERVICES     ENGINEERING CUSTOMER SERVICE     STRATEGIC NETWORK     SOURCING GLOBAL SALES     SUPPLY CHAIN, NETWORK     LOGISTICS AND MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS FINANCIAL SERVICES PARTNERS OUTPUTS     Modern    Sustainable Reduced Stronger Quality luxury    growth environmental communities products impact 11


Table of Contents

OUR ACHIEVEMENTS WINNER 2021 WORLD CAR AWARDS WORLD CAR DESIGN OF THE YEAR FROM LAUNCHING NEW AND REFRESHED PRODUCTS, TO RISING TO MEET EXTERNAL CHALLENGES, THE PAST YEAR HAS SHOWN OUR FUNDAMENTAL STRENGTH, AND SOME SIGNIFICANT ACHIEVEMENTS. A STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION Our strong financial recovery since the beginning of the pandemic, matched with robust cost control, has resulted in a return to profitability and positive cash flow through the year. GROWING THE DEFENDER FAMILY Following its global reveal in 2019, FY2020/21 saw us rapidly expand our Land Rover Defender family, across models and markets. The complete 90 and 110 ranges are both now on sale in over 100 countries around the world, with options that stretch from a three-door Hard Top commercial model, to five-door, seven-seat plug-in hybrids and even a V8-powered special edition. The speed of roll-out for our all-new Defender was matched only by the flow of the awards it received, rounding off the year by being named 2021 World Car Design of the Year, in April 2021. EXPANDING ELECTRIFICATION While our Reimagine strategy sets our path for future success, in FY2020/21 we focused on introducing significant enhancements to our existing vehicle portfolio. This included a major expansion of electrified models. From September 2020, we introduced the first PHEV models to Jaguar, with F-PACE and E-PACE both gaining plug-in hybrid technology. We also brought plug-in hybrid technology to the Range Rover Velar, Range Rover Evoque, Land Rover Discovery Sport and Land Rover Defender, for the first time. At the same time, we launched 48V mild hybrid technology across a broad range of models, including Jaguar XF, F-PACE and E-PACE, and Land Rover Discovery and Range Rover Velar. INTRODUCING LEADING TECHNOLOGY FY2020/21 also saw us roll out refreshed and enhanced interiors for key Jaguar models, introducing our latest-generation Pivi Pro infotainment technology. We expanded this across Jaguar and Land Rover models through the year, to international acclaim. Exploiting the speed and capability of our latest electrical vehicle architecture, Pivi Pro is faster, smarter, always connected and future-proof, thanks to software over-the-air updates. Its advanced capability and connectivity delivers a premium in-vehicle experience. During the year, our engineers also created a breakthrough development of our Cabin Air Purification technology, which was proven in laboratory testing to inhibit viruses and bacteria, including coronavirus, by as much as 97 per cent. This builds on existing PM2.5 filtration technology in our vehicles and will be available from 2022. CELEBRATING OUR HERITAGE The year 2020 was the 50th anniversary of the first Range Rover produced at our manufacturing facility in Solihull. As the original luxury SUV, Range Rover created a benchmark that still holds today, and its continuous production since 1970 has seen over a million examples leaving the Solihull production line. We celebrated reaching the half-century with a special Range Rover ‘Fifty’ edition, featuring three heritage colours reproduced from the original paint palette by our Special Vehicle Operations team. At the same time, to mark the occasion in our community, employees at our Solihull plant took the initiative to nominate 50 local charities to each receive £1,000, raised through monthly employee donations. In 2021, we recognised the 60th anniversary of the unveiling of the Jaguar E-type, a launch story as rich as the car’s history that followed. In tribute to the original car’s success, our team at Jaguar Classic created six limited-edition ‘E-type 60 Collection’ matched pairs of restored E-types, inspired by the iconic cars from the 1961 Geneva launch. MEETING THE COVID-19 CHALLENGE Of course, FY2020/21 was dominated by one crisis and our people and our vehicles were often on the front line of the response to the Covid-19 pandemic, in communities around the world (see page 17). JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21    13


Table of Contents

OUR ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY OUR REIMAGINE STRATEGY WILL SET A NEW BENCHMARK IN ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIETAL IMPACT FOR THE LUXURY SECTOR, ON OUR JOURNEY TO BECOMING A NET ZERO CARBON BUSINESS, BY 2039. We will achieve this using the Science Based Target initiatives (SBTi), stitching all the threads of sustainability from materials to engineering, and manufacturing processes to supply chain partners – through one team, working globally across the business, the brands and the customer experience. Through our vehicles, we will deliver a sustainable reimagining of modern luxury, with unique customer experiences. JAGUAR LAND ROVER EV MIX Sustainable interior choices Beyond our fundamental reimagining of an electric-first vehicle portfolio (see Our Strategy, page 6), we are dedicated to bringing forward sustainably sourced, ethical and recyclable interior choices for our customers, which offer the same luxurious, high-quality feel as traditional materials, but with a reduced environmental impact. And through our policies towards our people and our communities, we will drive a positive societal impact. POWERING SUSTAINABLE CHOICES FOR OUR CUSTOMERS Reducing our vehicle emissions We are accelerating the reduction in our tailpipe CO emissions. In FY2020/21, we achieved a 15% improvement 2 on our FY2019/20 performance.    We now offer hybrid electric vehicle technology across our vehicle portfolio, following the significant vehicle updates we announced at 21MY. Twelve models currently have electrified options, including eight plug-in hybrids, 11 mild-hybrids, and our all-electric Jaguar I-PACE. Through our pioneering work with Kvadrat, Europe’s leading supplier of premium textiles, we are already offering recycled and plant-based material choices in the highest luxury specifications of our vehicles, as alternatives to traditional leathers. Our research with Aquafil will see next-generation interiors use recycled ocean and landfill waste in ECONYL nylon fibres and carpets. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 REDUCING OUR ENVIRONMENTAL FOOTPRINT GLOBAL DATA 4.6%     3.6% ICE 20% 42.9%     15% MHEV / HEV 60% PHEV BEV 65% 10% 48.9%     30% FY21     FY26 FY30 OPERATIONAL ENERGY OPERATIONAL WATER OPERATIONAL CONSUMPTION ( MWh) CONSUMPTION (m3) WASTE (Tonnes) FY 2020/21: 1,135,049     FY 2020/21: 1,336,479 FY 2020/21: 27,638 FY 2019/20: 1,358,225     FY 2019/20: 1,720,965 FY 2019/20: 37,043 FY 2018/19: 1,261,805     FY 2018/19: 1,406,350 FY 2018/19: 38,023 OPERATIONAL CARBON EMISSION STONNES (LOCATION BASED ) 303,409     306,070 256,246 170,743     157,316 135,098 132,666     148,753 121,149 FY19     FY20 FY21 OPERATIONAL CARBON EMISSION STONNES (MARKET BASED) 163,261     189,451 30,595     40,698 147,385 26,236 132,666     148,753 121,149 FY19     FY20 FY21 Scope 1 covers direct emissions     Scope 2 covers indirect emissions from the from owned or controlled sources.    generation of purchased electricity & steam. Kvadrat (pictured) a premium wool blend textile interior option -Data includes purchased gas, electricity & steam -Data excludes metal and construction waste -Mains water & borehole consumption -Nitra joined scope 19.20 -50% of China JV data due to financial control -Sites in scope: Solihull, Halewood, Castle Bromwich, UK EMC, Gaydon, Whitley, Nitra, Brazil China JV 50% Decarbonising our manufacturing The decarbonisation of our global manufacturing is a fundamental part of our Reimagine strategy, building on our success to date. Renewables: our facilities in the UK, Slovakia and Brazil are all powered 100% by renewable electricity. We generate over 13 MW of solar electricity at our sites, globally. Water: we have flood protection, rainwater balancing ponds and other water, land and conservation initiatives across our sites. Managing our resources Our objectives to reduce carbon impact also require us to become more circular in our use of resources, and we are using innovative materials and circular economy principles in vehicle design, development, manufacture and use.    We are also partnered with BASF in a chemical recycling project, to help tackle the challenge of mixed plastic waste as part of component production. Advanced, sustainable facilities The successful decarbonisation and retention of biodiversity across of our whole business also depends on our non-manufacturing facilities. 15


Table of Contents

OUR ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY UK STREAMLINED ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING    
PARAMETER    2020-21 2019-20 Energy consumption used to calculate emissions: kWh    1,032,109,520 1,274,988,136 Emissions from combustion of gas tCO2e (Scope 1)    105,102 135,999 Emissions from combustion of fuel (Scope 1)    8,770 10,734 Emissions from business travel in rental cars or employee-owned     vehicles where company is responsible for purchasing    369 2,640
the fuel (Scope 3)     Emissions from purchased electricity (Scope 2 location-based)    96,782 123,568 Total gross CO2e based on above    211,022 272,941 Intensity ratio: tCO2e/£m    10,69 11,87 Data is compiled for UK locations in accordance with GHG protocols for finance control.     The table shows our UK operational energy and carbon footprint, according to the (SECR) framework. This represents 100% of our UK manufacturing volume and 64% of our owned global manufacturing volume for FY 2020/21. The CO2e is calculated with a location-based approach using UK average grid intensity conversion factors (BEIS 2020). However, we continue to purchase 100% renewable REGO (Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin)-backed zero carbon electricity for all core UK operations. In addition to this investment in renewable energy, our energy saving projects such as solar panels and LED lighting have made consistent reductions in actual consumption. Impacts from Covid-19 led to a period of reduced production for the first quarter of the FY2020/21. A strong focus was put on managing non-production factors to ensure when vehicles were not being manufactured that the sites were consuming minimal energy. These lessons learned are also now being applied to reduce consumption during operating periods. The total gross CO2e reduced in FY2020/21 by 23%, vs. the previous year. Our Advanced Product Creation Centre in Gaydon is rated in the top 10% of most sustainable non-domestic buildings in the UK, with a BREEAM “Excellent” rating and an ecologically diverse habitat that has been recognised by both DEFRA and Natural England. INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE AND COMMUNITIES Our people are our greatest asset and that has been evidenced through their response to the global Covid-19 pandemic, individually and supporting our efforts as a company. Just as they have stepped up to help protect each other and their communities this past year, so we are committed to protecting them, in their workplaces. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 Supporting the global Covid-19 effort Our response to the Covid-19 pandemic was two-fold: protecting our people and supporting our communities, around the world. In our home country, we provided research and engineering support, committing 3D printing technology and over 50 volunteers to producing over 100,000 reusable face visors for use in the UK National Health Service. At a local level, employees across our sites have supported their communities, fundraising through the pandemic, to support their local hospitals and community groups. Protecting our people Throughout our response to Covid-19, the health, wellbeing and safety of our people and partners remained our utmost priority. Working with Public Health England, we were one of the first We deployed vehicles globally to support emergency response organisations during the Covid-19 crisis. businesses and the largest in the UK, to introduce on-site Covid-19 testing. All of our facilities benefit from effective social distancing, hygiene and health monitoring protocols and every one of our UK employees has been equipped with reusable face coverings. We took part in a ground breaking pilot scheme in partnership with Public Health England. Approximately 4,500 employees were vaccinated against Covid-19 over a 10 day period. This gave employees the convenience of the vaccination at their workplace, rather than visiting another centre. This scheme was carried out at the Solihull manufacturing site. 17 Vehicle support    373 258 Jaguar and Land Rover vehicles deployed     vehicles loaned to the International globally to assist the Covid-19 emergency     Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent response     societies 8 million Chinese yuan jointly donated by Jaguar Land Rover China and Chery Jaguar Land Rover to support local Covid-19 relief efforts Over 100,000     protective face visors     1,000 produced by us for frontline     units of medical protective health professionals     clothing donated to Shanghai hospitals Supporting the Korean Red Cross with the Land Rover Blood Donation Campaign Over £37,000     of employee-generated     funds donated to local     charities     50    35 500 100,000 employee volunteers    ventilators repaired and overalls and 300 respirators face masks distributed to produced our visors    returned to local hospitals and masks donated to Nitra Jaguar Land Rover China hospitals retailers and employees


Table of Contents

GLOBAL RETAIL SALES RETAIL SALES BY REGION1 Jaguar Land Rover retail sales were 439,588 vehicles in FY2020/21, down 69,071 vehicles (13.6%) year-on-year. The decline in retails was primarily the result of the initial Covid-19 lockdown heavily impacting the first quarter, with a recovery in sales thereafter. Retail sales in China increased by 23.4% year-on-year, as the region continued to recover strongly from the impact of Covid-19 following easing of strict lockdown measures from early 2020. Retails across all other regions declined significantly year-on-year, including Overseas (-26.8%), Europe (-26.0%), the UK (-22.2%) and North America (-14.3%), as strict social distancing measures were enforced through the first quarter and subsequently reintroduced in many markets through the third and fourth quarters. The pace of post-Covid-19 economic recovery across markets remains variable. Total retail sales from our China joint venture were 64,319 vehicles in FY2020/21, up 28.7% year-on-year. JAGUAR LAND CARS RETAILED DECREASE IN YEAR ROVER TOTAL 439,588 (13.6)% 1 Please see note 3 of the financial statements on page 73 for Alternative performance measures. “Jaguar Land Rover retail sales represent vehicle sales made by retailers to end customers and include the retail sale of vehicles produced from our Chinese joint venture, Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. Wholesales represent vehicle sales made to retailers. The Group recognises revenue on wholesales.” JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 RETAIL SALES BY BRAND, MODEL FAMILY AND POWERTRAIN Covid-19 impacted sales of every model in FY2020/21, but retails of the newly introduced Land Rover Defender ramped up significantly during the year. In total, retail sales declined by 13.6% year-on-year in FY2020/21, with Jaguar retail volumes of 97,669 vehicles (22% mix), down 30.5% year on year and Land Rover retailed 341,919 vehicles (78% mix) down just 7.1%, compared to FY2019/20. For 2021 model year vehicles, we significantly expanded electrification across our vehicle portfolio. Twelve models now have electrified options, including eight plug-in hybrids and eleven mild-hybrids, plus our all-electric Jaguar I-PACE. In FY2020/21, electrified vehicles totalled 51.1% of the our retail sales, with 3.6% all-electric, 4.6% PHEV and 42.9% MHEV. We expect the sales of our current electrified vehicles to continue to increase in FY2021/22. Our Range Rover family accounted for the majority of our retail sales mix, with 213,047 vehicles (48.5% mix), followed by Discovery 83,628 vehicles (19.0% mix), the Jaguar PACE family with 62,513 vehicles (14.2% mix) and then Defender, which reached 45,244 retails (10.3% mix). Jaguar sedans and the F-TYPE sports car accounted for the remaining 35,156 of sales (8.0% mix). 2 Includes retail sales of the Jaguar XJ model, which is no longer manufactured. 15 XJ vehicles retailed in FY21 and 497 vehicles in FY20 19 NORTH AMERICA UK OVERSEAS FY 2020/21—110,805    FY 2020/21—82,995 FY 2020/21—55,322 FY 2019/20—129,346    FY 2019/20—106,612 FY 2019/20—75,540 (14.3)% DECREASE    (22.2)% DECREASE (26.8)% DECREASE EUROPE     CHINA FY 2020/21—79,260     FY 2020/21—111,206 FY 2019/20—107,037     FY 2019/20—90,124 (26.0)% DECREASE     23.4% INCREASE 97,669 341,919 FY 2019/20—140,593 FY 2019/20—368,066 (30.5)% DECREASE (7.1)% DECREASE X    PACE TYPE RANGE ROVER DISCOVERY DEFENDER
FY 2020/21—29,4042    FY 2020/21—62,513 FY 2020/21—5,752 FY 2020/21—213,047 FY 2020/21—83,628 FY 2020/21—45,244 FY 2019/20—37,2102    FY 2019/20—97,149 FY 2019/20—6,234 FY 2019/20—259,575 FY 2019/20—108,242 FY 2019/20—249 (21.0)% DECREASE    (35.7)% DECREASE (7.7)% DECREASE (17.9)% DECREASE (22.7)% DECREASE New Model POWERTRAIN MIX     3.6% 4.6%    BEV PHEV     30.5% 12.4%    MHEV MHEV    PETROL DIESEL     48.9% Pure ICE


Table of Contents

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S STATEMENT OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE The automotive industry faced numerous challenges in FY2020/21, not least the continuing global impact of Covid-19, as well trade tensions and the risks associated with Brexit, which was finally resolved in December 2020 with the end of the transition period and a trade deal agreed to avoid tariffs between the UK and the EU. In addition, the rapid pace of adoption of electrification in response to customer appetite and a more stringent regulatory environment continues to pose particular challenges. Despite these headwinds, Jaguar Land Rover delivered strong performance in FY2020/21, recovering from the first quarter to deliver £185 million of positive free cash flow1 and £662 million of profit before tax and exceptional charges1 for the year, improving by £1.1 billion compared to FY2019/20. Driving this performance was the launch of six new PHEV models and nine new MHEV models to electrify 12 out of our 13 nameplates, including the all-new Land Rover Defender, which has been particularly well received. In addition the business continued to respond through Charge+, which achieved £2.5 billion of cost, profit and cash flow improvements during the year and £6.0 billion over the lifetime of the programme which started in Q2 FY2018/19. Jaguar Land Rover retail sales1 were 439,588 vehicles in FY2020/21, down 13.6% year-on-year, largely due to Covid-19 lockdowns suffered in the first quarter, but building since, particularly in China where retails have recovered strongly to end up 23.4% year-on-year. Wholesales1 (excluding sales from our China joint venture) were 347,632 vehicles, down 27.0% year-on-year, reflecting the retail performance as well de-stocking efforts. Revenues for the year were £19.7 billion down 14.2%, less than would be suggested by wholesales due to the richer sales mix and higher average revenues per unit generated in FY2020/21. Jaguar Land Rover’s profits in FY2020/21 were significantly better year-on-year with £662 million of profit before tax and exceptional charges1, a 12.8% Adjusted EBITDA margin1 (+3.9% year-on-year) and an Adjusted EBIT margin1 of 2.6% (+2.5% year-on-year), driven by favourable mix (including higher sales in China), lower incentive spending, Charge+ cost efficiencies, as well as favourable revaluation of unrealised hedges and foreign currency debt. In February 2021, Jaguar Land Rover announced its Reimagine strategy to deliver double-digit EBIT, positive cash flow from FY2022/23 and net cash by FY2024/25, through a more focused electrified portfolio, new architectures, collaborations, further cost savings and efficiencies. Commensurate with this in Q4 FY2020/21 we have incurred an exceptional charge2 of £1.5 billion comprising a non-cash write down of around £952 million for the cessation of certain programmes, including the Jaguar XJ replacement, and £534 million of restructuring costs. Including exceptional charges the loss before tax for FY2020/21 was £861 million. Free cash flow1 in FY2020/21 was £185 million positive, after total investment spending1 of £2.3 billion. £1.8 billion of positive cash flow was generated though Q2 to Q4 of FY2020/21 more than offsetting the £1.6 billion cash outflow experienced during first quarter as a result of the initial Covid-19 lockdown. The positive free cash flow represented a significant improvement on the negative £759 million free cash flow in the prior year, reflecting significantly improved operating performance and a £951 million year-on-year reduction in investment spending. Jaguar Land Rover issued around £1.6 billion of new debt in FY2020/21 including $1.35 billion of new bonds in the third quarter and CNY 5.0 billion loan in the first quarter. We maintained strong liquidity1 during the year reaching £6.7 billion at 31 March 2021 comprising total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments of £4.8 billion1 and the £1.9 billion undrawn revolving credit facility. We ended the year with total debt of £6.7 billion and a net debt1 position of £1.9 billion. Furthermore, in April 2021, we concluded negotiations with 20 banks to extend £1.3 billion of our committed undrawn revolving credit facility out to March 2024. The present global shortage of semi-conductor supply is impacting many industries including the automotive sector and we anticipate that our production and sales volumes will be lower than initially planned in the first half of FY2021/22 as a result. However, we expect that these supply constraints will ease in the second half of FY2021/22 as new capacity comes online and we intend to recover as much lost production as possible when the supply of semi-conductors improves. Looking further ahead, we anticipate that the challenges facing our industry will continue, however, we are focused on executing our new Reimagine strategy underpinned by the Refocus transformation programme. Together, Reimagine and Refocus, will deliver growing revenue to over £30 billion and double-digit EBIT margin by FY2025/26, strong positive free cash flow from FY2022/23 after around £2.5 billion investment spending (annually) and a reduction in net debt1; returning to a net cash position in FY2024/25 and thereafter. ADRIAN MARDELL CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc 28 May 2021 1 Please see note 3 of the financial statements on page 73 for alternative performance measures. 2 Please see note 4 of the financial statements on page 76 for the detail of exceptional charges. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT Our revenue was lower in FY2020/21 compared to the prior year, however profitability improved significantly, despite the impact of Covid-19, primarily as a result of favourable mix, further cost efficiencies, including lower incentive spending, achieved through Charge+, and favourable foreign exchange. REVENUE Revenue was £19.7 billion in FY2020/21, down 14.2% from £23.0 billion in the prior year. Wholesales3 (excluding the China joint venture) declined across all key regions, down 27.0% year-on-year to 347,632 units, except in China where wholesales grew 23.1% year-on-year. The reduction in revenue was much lower than the decline in wholesales, reflecting the strong favourable sales mix and higher average revenue per vehicle during the year. ADJUSTED EBITDA1 Adjusted EBITDA was £2.5 billion1 (12.8% margin) in FY2020/21, £481 million higher than the Adjusted EBITDA of £2.1 billion (8.9% margin) in the previous fiscal year. Lower wholesales were offset by more favourable sales mix, lower incentive spending (including the release of residual value provisions, mainly US), a reduction in the provision for emissions costs (mainly in the US), further Charge+ cost efficiencies and realised foreign exchange gains net of hedges. ADJUSTED EBIT1 Adjusted EBIT was £514 million1 with a margin of 2.6% in FY2020/21, significantly improved compared to the Adjusted EBIT of £26 million1 (0.1% margin) in the prior year. This reflects the improved Adjusted EBITDA, lower losses at our China joint venture, partially offset by slightly higher depreciation and amortisation. LOSS BEFORE TAX (PBT) PBT excluding exceptional items was £662 million1 in FY2020/21, a significant improvement on the prior year (loss before tax and exceptional items of £393 million1). This reflects the higher EBIT as well as favourable revaluation of unrealised hedges and foreign currency debt, partially offset by higher net finance expense as a result of the increase in indebtedness. The announcement of our Reimagine strategy in February 2021 triggered £1.5 billion of total exceptional charges2 in the fourth quarter comprising non-cash write downs of £952 million for products that will not now be completed and £534 million of restructuring and other costs. After exceptional charges the loss before tax for FY2020/21 was £861 million, compared to the loss before tax of £422 million in FY2019/20, which included £29 million of exceptional charges. LOSS AFTER TAX (PAT) The loss after tax was £1.1 billion in FY2020/21, compared to the loss of £469 million in the prior year. A tax charge of £239 million was recorded in FY2020/21, compared to a £47 million tax charge in FY2019/20. FY 2020/21    / £19.7BN £19.7bn FY 2019/20    / £ 23.0BN FY 2018/19    / £ 24.2BN FY 2020/21    / £ 2.5BN / 12.8% MARGIN £2.5bn 12.8%margin FY 2019/20    / £ 2.1BN / 8.9% MARGIN FY 2018/19    / £ 2.0BN / 8.2% MARGIN FY 2020/21    / £ 0.5BN / 2.6% MARGIN £0.5bn 2.6% margin FY 2019/20    / £ 0.0BN / 0.1% MARGIN
FY 2018/19    / £ (0.2)BN / (0.7)% MARGIN
FY 2020/21 / £    (0.9)BN £(0.9)bn
FY 2019/20 / £(0.4)BN    
FY 2018/19 / £    (3.6)BN
FY 2020/21 / £(1.1)BN    £(1.1)bn
FY 2019/20 / £(0.5)BN    
FISCAL 2018/19 / £(3.3)BN    
21


Table of Contents

OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW Free cash flow was positive £185 million1 in FY2020/21, after total investment spending of £2.3 billion1. This is a significant improvement on the negative £759 million free cash flow in the prior year. (£ million)     2,100    (24) (210) (2,343) 933 1,118 662     185 PBT EXCL.    DEPRECIATION, WORKING TAX TOTAL FREE CHANGES CHANGE IN EXCEPTIONAL    AMORTISATION AND CAPITAL AND PAID INVESTMENT1 CASH FLOW1 IN DEBT AND CASH AND ITEMS FY211 OTHER ACCRUALS OTHER FINANCIAL DEPOSITS TOTAL PRODUCT AND OTHER INVESTMENT1 Investment spending in FY2020/21 was £2.3 billion (11.9% of revenue), more inline with our guidance for long-term investment spending of around £2.5 billion. This is significantly lower than the £3.3 billion (14.3% of revenue) in the prior fiscal year, due to continued Charge+ savings. Of the £2.3 billion investment spending, £489 million was expensed through the income statement and the remaining £1.9 billion was capitalised. Total research and development accounted for £1.2 billion (51.9%) of investment spending, while tangible and other intangible assets accounted for the remaining £1.1 WORKING CAPITAL Working capital outflows (including non-cash accruals) were £24 million during the year, reflecting improvements in inventory of £459 million and payables of £11 million partially offset by a £61 million detereoration in receivables (including £278 million of sold receivables drawn under the debt factoring facility, which was recently renewed at $500 million commitment to March 2023). The remaining outflow of £433 million primarily relates to the release of provisions for residual value risk and emissions mainly in the US (£189 million) with the balanced for movements in other assets and liavilities including buy-back obligations. FREE CASH FLOW1 Free cash flow was positive £185 million in FY2020/21 after the £2.3 billion of total investment spending, the £24 million of working capital outflows, £210 million paid in taxes and £299 million of finance expenses and fees net of finance income. CHANGE IN TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, DEPOSITS AND INVESTMENTS Cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments totalled £4.8 billion1 at 31 March 2021, £1.1 billion higher than the £3.7 billion1 at the end of the previous year. The improvement is explained by the £185 million positive free cash flow and £933 million primarily for net increase in debt and other adjustements. Jaguar Land Rover issued around £1.6 billion of new debt during the year including a CNY 5.0 billion loan in China in June 2020, a $700 million 5-year bond with a 7.75% coupon in October 2020, followed by a $650 million 7-year bond with a coupon of 5.875% in December 2020. In addition, a £300 million bond was repaid in January 2021 and £125 million of the UKEF backed loan amortised during the year. FY 2020/21    / £ 2.3BN £ 2.3bn FY 2019/20    / £ 3.3BN FY 2018/19    / £ 3.8BN FY 2020/21    / £ (24)MN £ (24)mn FY 2019/20    / £ 244MN FY 2018/19    / £ 348MN FY 2020/21 / £    185MN £ 185mn FY 2019/20 / £    (759)MN FY 2018/19 / £    (1,296)MN FY 2020/21    / £ 4.8BN £ 4.8bn FY 2019/20    / £ 3.7BN FY 2018/19    / £ 3.8BN (£ million)     Debt maturity profile Gross Debt £6,6972 Total liquidity £6,720     519 1,935     Cash and financial deposits Bonds Banks loans Leases (IFRS116) undrawn RCF     1,838 1,310 4,782     undrawn RCF Total cash     104 4,342 625 679 581 204    undrawn RCF 270 981 853 400 763 509 363 472 Total    CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24 CY25 CY26 CY27 CY28 Total Liquidity3     Debt JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 CAPITAL STRUCTURE At 31 March 2021, we had £6.7 billion1 of total liquidity, including cash and cash equivalents, financial deposits of £4.8 billion1 and an undrawn committed revolving credit facility (RCF) of £1.9 billion. Our total debt outstanding at 31 March 2021 was £6.7 billion, giving a net debt position of £1.9 billion. Note: CY refers to calendar year in the debt maturity profile above. LIQUIDITY AND NET DEBT Our total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments at 31 March 2021 were £4.8 billion1 (24.2% of revenue), compared to £3.7 billion1 at 31 March 2020 (15.9% of revenue). The balance at 31 March 2021 comprised cash and cash equivalents of £3.8 billion, of which £298 million was held in overseas subsidiaries, and deposits and other investments of £1.0 billion. Including our £1.9 billion revolving credit facility (fully undrawn but committed until July 2022), total liquidity was £6.7 billion1 at 31 March 2021 versus £5.6 billion1 at the end of the prior year. As a result of total indebtedness of £6.7 billion and total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments of £4.8 billion1, net debt was £1.9 billion at 31 March 2021, lower than the net debt position of £2.2 billion at the end of the prior year. Net cash/(debt) at 31 March 2021 BORROWINGS AND INDEBTEDNESS    At 31 March 2021, we had £6.7 billion of debt outstanding, comprising: • £4.3 billion of unsecured bonds (including £0.7 million fair value adjustments partially offset by £21.0 million of net capitalised fees) • £1.7 billion of unsecured loans (including £13.2 million of capitalised fees)• £110 million short-term loan secured on vehicles bought back from fleet arrangements • £519 million of leases accounted as debt under IFRS 16 • £32 million of other debt. Of the £6.7 billion of debt, £1.6 billion is denominated in Pounds Sterling, £1.9 billion in Euros, £2.5 billion in US Dollars and £0.7 billion in Chinese Renminbi with the remaining £0.1 billion included as leases in other currencies. We also have a well-balanced profile of maturing debt, with 24% maturing after five years, 65% per cent in one to five years and the remaining 11% maturing within one year. We issued £1.6 billion of new debt in FY2020/21, including the CNY 5 billion loan in China in June 2020 and $1.35 billion of new five and seven-year bonds, in October and December 2020 respectively. During FY2020/21, we repaid a £300 million bond in January 2021 and £125 million of the loan guaranteed by UKEF which amortised throughout the year. Please see note 26 on page 96 for further disclosure on our loans and borrowings. 1 Please see note 3 of the financial statements on page 73 for alternative performance measures. 2 Total debt also includes £32 million of other debt and a fair value adjustment of £(1) million, partially offset by deferred fees of £(34) million. 3 Total liquidity at 31 March 2021 includes £3 million of undrawn credit under the fleet buy-back facility. 23 4,782 3,664     FY20     FY21 a (2,220)     (1,915) (5,884)     (6,697) Total cash    Total debt Net cash/(debt)


Table of Contents

OUR APPROACH TO RISK APPROACH TO RISK We endeavour to manage and monitor risk factors that could impact our business objectives and aspirations. DEFINING RISK Risks are uncertain events that could materially impact organisational objectives – both adversely and favourably. We recognise that risk is inherent in all business activities and must be balanced when assessing returns. Successful management of risk is therefore key to accomplishing our strategic objectives. Jaguar Land Rover utilises an enterprise risk management (ERM) framework to identify, assess, manage and continually monitor and report on key risks that could affect our business. OUR RESPONSIBILITY FRAMEWORK RESPONSIBILITY FOR RISK The Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board is ultimately responsible for the management of risks facing our organisation. However, the wider organisation is responsible for the proactive day-to-day management and control of those risks. The Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors review key risks to monitor the progress of remediation actions, whilst the Risk Management Committee provides oversight of current and emerging risks at a detailed level that are reviewed against acceptable levels of exposure. Principal risks and exceptions are reported to the Audit Committee regularly to assist in the decision making process and ensure adequate controls are in place to provide sufficient protection to the organisation. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 PRINCIPAL RISKS1 We identify, assess and rate risks against a defined set of criteria, considering probability and potential impact to the business. Our ten principal risks1 are plotted and ranked in the heat map below: Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors Audit Committee Risk Management Committee FIRST LINE SECOND LINE THIRD LINE OF RISK DEFENCE OF RISK DEFENCE OF RISK DEFENCE Control of risks Oversight and confirmation of controls Independent controls assurance Business operations risk management ERM and oversight functions Internal/external audit 1 High     2 3 5 4 6 7 8 9 PROBABILITY     10 Low    IMPACT High High exposure risks that are more likely to materially impact our ability to achieve business objectives Medium exposure risks that could impact business objectives unless monitored and managed Low exposure risks that are more unlikely to materialise and impact our business objectives RANK    Principal risk1 Category 1    Competitive business efficiency Financial Environmental regulations and     2     Legal and compliance compliance     3    Supply chain disruptions Operational Global economic and geopolitical     4     Strategic environment     Distribution channels/retailer     5     Operational performance     6    IT systems and security Operational 7    Operations Strategic 8    Strategic Operational 9    Rapid technology change Strategic 10    Human capital Operational CHANGES TO OUR PRINCIPAL RISKS1 DURING FISCAL YEAR 2020/21 One risk has been introduced into the our principal risks: • 07. Manufacturing operations Mitigating actions are in place (as detailed on pages 26 to 27) to address the higher intensity of risk to the business. One risk has been removed from our principal risks: • Unethical and prohibited business practices Plans and mitigating actions put in place have proved effective in reducing our overall exposure in these areas to within acceptable levels. MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS IN FISCAL YEAR 2020/21 AND LOOKING AHEAD Covid-19 The Covid-19 pandemic continued to have a significant impact on our financial and business performance during FY2020/21. In Q1, strict lockdowns were enacted across key regions, which impacted our retailer network and supply chain, and our own operations, forcing temporary plant closures in the UK, Europe and elsewhere. As a result, free cash flow was negative £1.6 billion in the three months to 30 June 2020. Since then, we have experienced a solid recovery in sales, most notably in China with double-digit year-on-year retail sales growth. In the nine months to 31 March 2021, £1.8 billion of positive free cash flow was generated, more than offsetting the £1.6 billion outflow in the first quarter, to achieve £185 million free cash flow for the full year. Although the global rollout of vaccines is encouraging and social distancing meassures are generaly being relaxed, there remains some uncertainty about the extent and speed of any recovery including any longer term impacts to our business. Semi-conductor shortage More recently, the automotive industry has been experiencing a global shortage in the supply of semiconductors, primarily as a result of disruption to production from Covid-19. Although this did not have a material impact on our production and sales in FY2020/21, the ongoing supply disruption, impacting most industries, is having an impact on our production in Q1 and is expected to continue into Q2. We are monitoring the situation closely and working with our suppliers to minimise the impact of the disruption and intend to catch back as much lost production as possible when supply capacity improves in the second half of FY2021/22. Brexit Brexit uncertainty impacted our business during FY2020/21 and although a trade agreement was reached in December 2020, with tariffs avoided, the new custom requirements and additional administration, documentation and process have caused frictions for our business and our suppliers although this is now improving. Reimagine Our new Reimagine strategy will redefine our business and our vehicle portfolio, with a value creation approach delivering quality and profit-over-volume. Whilst we are confident that Reimagine will deliver a much more profitable and sustainable business, we remain aware of the risks posed by such a step-change in strategy. 1 The principal risks discussed above do not constitute an exhaustive list of risks, that we have identified and monitor, that may impact our business. 25


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS FINANCIAL
1. Competitive business efficiency Delivering on our business and strategic objectives is key to sustaining profitable and cash accretive growth. Any uncertainties that materially compromise the achievement of our objectives could unfavourably impact our operational and financial performance.
Furthermore, there are inherent risks to the successful implementation of the recently announced Reimagine strategy, including the launch of Jaguar as an all-electric brand, the significant ramp up of Land Rover BEVs as well as the migration to new architectures.
STRATEGIC
4. Global economic and geopolitical environment
Jaguar Land Rover is exposed to changes in the global economic and geopolitical environment, as well as other external factors including but not limited to trade tensions, protectionism, wars, terrorism, natural disasters, humanitarian challenges and pandemics that may adversely impact our business.
8. Brand positioning
Brand positioning is becoming increasingly challenging in a dynamic automotive market with more intense competition from existing OEM’s and new disruptive entrants. Under the Reimagine strategy the business will target growth in our most profitable segments with Jaguar becoming an all-electric brand from 2025 and Land Rover launching BEV options on six of its models by 2026.
9. Rapid technology change
Technology in the automotive industry is evolving rapidly, particularly with respect to electrification and connectivity as well as automated driving. Falling behind with technology trends will increase the risk of not meeting the expectations of both new and existing customers with a potentially higher risk of not satisfying regulatory and legal requirements across international markets.
LEGAL & COMPLIANCE
2. Environmental regulations and compliance
We are subject to a rapidly evolving regulatory landscape with associated laws, regulations and policies that all impact the vehicles we produce and our manufacturing facilities (e.g. CO2 and NOx emissions and fuel economy). The transition away from traditional fossil fuels to more renewable energy sources and the increasing pace of that transition creates particular compliance challenges, in particular tailpipe emissions for automotive companies and wider compliance requirements for carbon emissions produced during manufacturing and other operations.
CONSEQUENCES
If we are unable to deliver our objectives, our ability to achieve our financial targets including double-digit EBIT margins and significantly positive free cash flow, may limit our capability to invest and fund future products and technologies and may also result in higher net debt for longer than expected. Covid-19 continues to have a significant impact on our business and uncertainty remains over the long term consequences to our business.
CONSEQUENCES
Our international presence and global sales profile means that our business could be significantly impacted by changes in the external environment, globally or locally. Our global supply chain could also be negatively affected by disruption caused by external factors in the future. As a result, our business could be adversely affected through lower sales in each region including China.
Our potential inability to successfully position, maintain and articulate the strength of our brands as well as failing to develop new products/ technologies that meet customer preferences, suffering delayed product launches, or not being able to sufficiently invest in brand building, could impact demand for our products.
Delays in the launch of technologically intensive products, or the relative obsolescence of existing technology in our products could impact sales as customers may choose to purchase products from competitors and/or the sale of our products could be prohibited in certain markets.
CONSEQUENCES
We incur additional compliance costs to avoid facing significant civil and regulatory penalties, and our competitors may gain an advantage by adopting new emissions-reducing and fuel-efficient technologies before we do. Furthermore, we may incur significant reputational damage, which could materially impact our brands and sales, if we fail to maintain and improve our environmental, social and governance practices.
MITIGATIONS/OPPORTUNITIES
Project Charge has delivered £6.0b of cost and cash savings since FY2018/19. The Refocus transformation programme aims to enhance overall business efficiency and underpins the delivery of our Reimagine strategy by reducing costs, improving quality of sales, products and programme delivery. Together with our new architecture strategy Refocus will deliver improved cash flow and profitability targeting double-digit EBIT margin by FY2025/26 and reducing net debt to reach net cash by FY2024/25
MITIGATIONS/OPPORTUNITIES
We continue to closely monitor and risk assess global developments, implementing mitigation plans as necessary and we continue to maintain a balanced sales profile across our key sales regions. The automotive industry continues to experience unprecedented challenges but at the same time presents opportunities, notably with the rise of electrification. Furthermore, the expected economic recovery post-Covid-19, and rising incomes should support sales in both new and existing geographical markets as well as in new and existing segments. Jaguar is relaunching as an all-electric brand from 2025 targeting a more luxurious segment of the market. The significant increase in the electrification of Land Rover products should enable the brand to capitalise on the fast growing BEV segment. In addition, we are aiming to increase our collaboration and partnerships both within the Tata Group and with external organisations in a number of areas, including ADAS and battery technologies, services, and connectivity. We are also exploring collaborations and partnerships for vehicle architectures, most notably for Jaguar’s new dedicated BEV architecture.
We continue to prioritise the development of technology to support the efficient delivery of our products to market. In addition, we engage in a number of initiatives with relevant industry partners and government agencies to support the efficient delivery of our products and cutting-edge technologies. Furthermore, increasing partnerships and collaborations with the Tata Group and other companies is a key aspect of the Reimagine strategy.
MITIGATIONS/OPPORTUNITIES
We have significantly expanded electrification across our model range during the year with 12 of our 13 nameplates now offering an electrified option. Furthermore, we continue to target lower carbon emissions at our sites and we have achieved carbon neutral certification by the Carbon Trust. Under the Reimagine strategy we plan to rationalise our architectures to support pure battery electric offering across the model range whilst maintaining the flexibility to offer hybrids. Jaguar will emerge as an all-electric brand from 2025 with Land Rover launching its first BEV variant in 2024 rising to six models offering a BEV option by 2026. By 2030, 60% of all sales will be BEVs rising to 100% by 2036 and we aim to achieve Net Zero carbon emissions by 2039.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
OPERATIONAL
3. Supply chain disruptions
Jaguar Land Rover’s ability to supply components to our manufacturing operations at the required time is of paramount importance in achieving production schedules and meeting consumer demand.
The Covid-19 pandemic certainly had and continues to have and impact on our global supply base and our supply chain could be severely disrupted as a result of external shocks, industry specific and company factors in the future.
5. Distributional channels and retailer network
In order to optimise market performance, sales channels must be aligned to the buying habits of our customers, including through traditional showrooms but by also embracing increasingly more innovative sales channels such as virtual showrooms and online purchasing. Our retailers reflect our brand vision and must effectively communicate our brand values, with trained and capable representatives, to continue to successfully appeal to new and existing customers. In addition, service and repair capacity has to be correlated to the needs of our customers across each key region.
6. IT systems and security
As a global enterprise with leading brands and a strong reputation, Jaguar Land Rover is an attractive target for cyber criminals.
Jaguar Land Rover also relies on strong partnerships, so we aim to manage third party risks together for mutual protection.
Information technology is at the heart of our business, safeguarding our information assets and maintaining privacy and reducing human risk are paramount. We strive to reduce these information risks to enable us to continue to deliver great products and services for our customers.
7. Manufacturing Operations
Manufacturing operations are at the heart of Jaguar Land Rover’s value chain, and any losses to scheduled production will have a detrimental effect on both financial performance, customer delivery and satisfaction. The Covid-19 pandemic and Brexit have increased our production continuity risk exposure and we continue to closely monitor the supply base and supply chain efficacy and ensure the health and safety and wellbeing of our people.
10. Human capital
Our business requires an engaged work-force with core capabilities in new and emerging skill areas and a collaborative and innovative culture for our transformation to be successful. Our people are our business and the safety and well being of our employees is paramount, as demonstrated by the protocols and processes introduced to mitigate the transmission of Covid-19 at the workplace.
CONSEQUENCES
Supply chain disruptions if not managed,
could have an adverse effect on production
volume, revenue and profitability, customer
satisfaction and reputation within the regions in which we operate including China.
In addition to the disruption caused by the
pandemic, more recent supply constraints
of semi conductors has impacted many
industries including automotive. As the
demand for electrified vehicles increases
the competition for components such as
motors and batteries between automotive manufacturers will likely intensify so
securing the supply of these components is
business critical.
Sales and service performance directly impacts the satisfaction and retention of existing customers and the attraction of new
customers. In addition, inadequate sales
and service performance could negatively
impact the reputation of our brands. Failure
to deliver a superior sales service through
our retailer channels will lead to a weakening in our competitive advantage potentially impacting our business and financial
performance. Covid-19 has and continues
to impact our retailer network with new
lockdown measures causing showroom
closures notably in the UK and Europe and
such external disruption could similarly
impact our retailer network in the future.
Failing to safeguard personal data could result in regulatory censure, fines (e.g. under
GDPR) with consequential reputational and
financial damage. Cyber attacks against
our IT infrastructure could compromise or
significantly disrupt our core capabilities
to deliver products for our customers. In
extreme cases, this could compromise
the personal safety of our customers and
colleagues.
Any disruptions to our manufacturing
operations and losses in vehicle production
could result in delays to both retailer and
customer delivery, and potential delays
or loss of revenue in key regions including
China, through loss of sales.
If we fail to develop new and flexible skills
and capabilities within our workforce our
business will lose the ability to remain flexible in a dynamic automotive industry which
is key to delivering innovative products and
services. The impact of Covid-19 has accelerated the need for the business to transform and we will need an agile organisation
and culture to support the organisation
during and after this transformation.
MITIGATIONS/OPPORTUNITIES
Operating an effective supply chain risk
management framework enables proactive
engagement with our suppliers to diagnose
and mitigating potential disruptions, most
recently as a result of Covid-19 and the
potential impact of semi conductor industry
supply constraints. A key component of our
Refocus transformation programme focuses
specifically on our supply chain to enhance the
efficiency of launching our models to market.
We continue to maintain and develop strong
partnerships with key strategic suppliers
including for electrification to ensure a stable
future supply of components.
Market and retailer demand is closely
monitored in order to optimise production,
sales and inventory. Online sales with “click
and deliver” services have enabled retailers
to continue to achieve sales through more
recent periods of Covid-19 lockdowns and has
accelerated the use of digital sales channels.
Furthermore, digital solutions (e.g. SOTA -
Software Over The Air) help strengthen the
relationship with our retailers and customers.
Information risk and security are managed
strategically, through a security programme
and roadmap. This is managed and recalibrated periodically to ensure investment and business alignment are appropriate. The security
programme includes key themes : strengthening security culture to reduce human information risk ; proactive and robust cyber defence;
supply chain security assurance; improving security capability maturity; maintaining rigorous
controls and managing enterprise information
risks to acceptable levels.
Manufacturing works closely with the
Purchasing function to monitor and manage
suppliers that pose part supply risks to Jaguar
Land Rover production plants. This includes a
Covid-19 pandemic data analytics tool which
is used to identify suppliers in high-risk regions
and apply safety stock where feasible to mitigate the potential risk of supply disruption. To
ensure our manufacturing sites are Covid-19
safe working environments, many preventative
measures remain in place to include but not
limited to: job risk assessments, physical separation, face coverings, one way systems and
both on-site testing and vaccinations.
A key aspect of the Refocus transformation
programme is to develop an agile, capable
organisation and culture to support the business. Under a more efficient, focused target
operating model our workforce will help drive
this transformation by leveraging our digital
capability and solutions (InDigital). In addition,
opportunities to enrich our human capital
will arise as we repurpose and reorganise the
business under the Reimagine strategy.
27


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ARRANGEMENT For the year ended 31 March 2021, under the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018, the Group has for a second year continued to apply the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large Private Companies (‘Wates Principles’), published by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) in December 2019 and are available on the FRC website. The following section continues to summarise how the Group has applied the Wates principles over the past year and the continuing journey to embrace the changes. The Group’s website contains further supporting information on the Wates Principles. The Group remains committed to ensuring effective governance is in place to deliver its core values, as this is the foundation on which it manages and controls its business and provides the platform for sustainable profitability. SECTION 172 COMPANIES ACT 2006 The Wates Principles for Large Private Companies provides a framework for the Group to not only demonstrate how the board of directors of Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc (“JLR plc Board”) makes decisions for the long term success of the company and its stakeholders (see Principle 6—Stakeholders, on page 39), but also having regard to how the JLR plc Board ensures the Group complies with the requirements of Section 172 (1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2016. Our reporting against the Wates Principles has been included below. During 2021, the JLR plc Board Members have welcomed new Directors to the Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board of Directors (“JLR Ltd Board”) who collectively are continuing to review, challenge and strive towards changes to implement and demonstrate the Group’s improving engagement with its employees and stakeholders.
SECTION 172    DECISIONS
a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long term    The JLR plc Board annually approves the five-year business plan and monitors its implementation throughout the year.
External factors are also considered such as economic, political and ongoing challenges within the market
as part of the five-year business plan to ensure both financial and operating strategy is set at sustaining and
achieving the long-term success of the Group.
To further enhance and support the long term strategy, the Group entered into a number of debt funding
arrangements during the financial year.
See page 23
b) the interests of the company’s employees    We strongly believe that diversity, inclusion and equality of opportunity for all our employees, no matter who they are, will be essential to our future success. People are the heart of our business and we remain committed to fostering a culture that is representative of the societies in which we live.
The JLR plc Board understand the importance of the Group’s employees to the long-term success of the
business. The Group regularly communicates to its employees through presentations, internal organisations
announcements including via emails and newsletters.
A pulse survey undertaken annually allows employees to formally provide feedback to further support the
long term plans of the Group in addition to informal feedback sessions held during the year with various Directors on the JLR Ltd Board.
Learning and development continues to be a key area of focus for the Group in respect of employees, who are
supported by the provisions of a number of training methods. Internal networks to support wellbeing have
been created to provide and create communities to discuss and share support on mental health, general wellbeing and advice on the coronavirus outbreak.
We continue to proudly support the growing number of active diversity and inclusion employee-led networks
such as JLR Pride, BAME, Gender Equality, Disability and a number of religious groups.
See page 16
SECTION 172    DECISIONS
c) the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others    The JLR plc Board understand the importance of the Group’s supply chain in delivering the long-term plans of the Group. The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties set out risks that can impact the long-term success of the Group and how these risks interact with our stakeholders. Through the recent changes to the long term
plan via Reimagine, discussions are commencing and ongoing with suppliers to ensure supply chain remains
uninterrupted.
In line with past year practice, through Project Charge and Accelerate we have continued to have discussions
with our suppliers to help support managing payment terms. Our suppliers of production and non-production
goods and services play an integral role in our business and help us to operate globally. The Group has key
objectives and principles which are set out clearly in the Global Supplier Management policy. Ensuring this
policy is followed to achieve consistent and best practice in our relationships with our suppliers, in addition
to ensuring ethical behaviour, sustainability and health and safety is considered critical to the success of our
business relationships.
The JLR plc Board monitor the Group’s engagement with their customers through the use of various Customer
Experience Insight tools which helps collate feedback from the time of vehicle purchase onwards. This process
is run internally and enables both the Group and Retailers globally to help improve customer engagement.
Other regular customer feedback mechanisms exists through a variety of syndicated surveys to provide and
offer external and independent feedback.
They actively seek information on the interaction with stakeholders and employees to ensure that they have
sufficient information to reach appropriate conclusions about the risks faced by the Group.
d) the impact of the company’s operations on the community and environment    For further information on the Group’s initiatives and commitment to environment and society, please refer to the Jaguar Land Rover corporate website.
See page 14
e) The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct    The JLR plc Board is supportive of diversity in the workplace. Diversity management continues to form a core
part of the Group’s business strategy. The Group is committed to fostering a diverse, inclusive culture that is
representative of their global customers and the society in which we live; a culture in which every one of our
employees can bring their authentic self to work, and reach their full potential. The Code of Conduct policy
sets out the Group’s commitment to creating a work environment built on inclusion, tolerance, understanding,
mutual cooperation and respect.
The JLR plc Board has also approved the Group’s policies on anti-slavery and human trafficking and anti-bribery and corruption in addition to the gender pay gap report which is issued annually. All can be found on the
Group’s website.
f) The need to act fairly as between members of the company    The Group is owned by Tata Motors Limited (“TML”) and collectively are committed to continuing to build future growth through Reimagine irrespective of the current economic environment.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 29
Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE WATES PRINCIPLE 1 – PURPOSE AND LEADERSHIP The JLR plc Board rigorously challenges strategy, performance, responsibility and accountability so that every decision made is of the highest quality. The JLR plc Board actively ensures through committee meetings and careful consideration of economic, geopolitical and environmental factors that appropriate strategies are adopted and effective decisions made. The key areas of focus for 2021 for the Board has been to proactively consider the impact to the business as a response to the unexpected Covid-19 pandemic to ensure appropriate direction has been applied to future business strategy and growth plans for the Group in addition to the Brexit trade deal agreed in December between the UK and the European Union. Reimagine is at the centre of this focus which will see the Group transition to being an electric-first business as well as setting out a roadmap to achieve net zero carbon emissions across supply chain, products and operations. Quality, efficiency and agility continue to be the drivers to create a more sustainable and resilient business for customers, suppliers, employees and shareholders. To date the JLR plc Board has been encouraged by the Brexit trade deal which has avoided tariffs on automotive parts and finished vehicles, although there is recognition that customs administration requirements have increased. A more recent but yet critical area of discussion and review by the JLR plc Board, which has affected other automotive companies as well as other industry sectors, is the global shortage of semiconductors and the impact on production at our manufacturing plants. This Corporate Governance Report includes further information about the JLR plc Board, areas of focus for the JLR plc Board, and the structure and role of its committees. Details of individual directors’ attendance of Board meetings in 2021 are shown in the following table: NAME OF DIRECTOR Maximum no. of Principal Board No. of Principal Board Percentage of Principal Board Meetings director could attend Meetings director attended Meetings attended Chief Executive Officer Thierry Bolloré (appointed 10.09.20)8 8 100% Non-Executive Independent Directors Natarajan Chandrasekaran (Chairman) 16 16 100% Nasser Mukhtar Munjee 16 16 100% Andrew M.Robb 16 16 100% Non-Executive Director Pathamadai Balaji 16 16 100% Hanne Sorensen 16 16 100% Prof. Sir Ralf Speth (Vice Chairman) 16 16 100% WATES PRINCIPLE 2 — BOARD COMPOSITION We continuously evaluate the balance of skills, experience, knowledge and independence of the Group’s directors. The JLR plc Board comprises a separate Chairman and Chief Executive Officer to ensure that the balance of responsibilities, accountabilities and decision making across the Group are effectively maintained. The size and composition is considered to be appropriate with all members contributing to a wide variety of experience. The JLR plc Board continues to work on creating a more diverse board of directors and recognises this as a challenge in the automotive sector. There are strategies in place which encourage diversity throughout the workplace with opportunities for employees to progress to senior levels. A biography for each Board Director can be found on the Group’s website. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 31


Table of Contents

LEADERSHIP
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC BOARD
JAGUAR LAND ROVER LIMITED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
NATARAJAN
CHANDRASEKARAN
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND CHAIRMAN
Appointed
February 2017
THIERRY BOLLORÉ
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Appointed
September 2020
ANDREW M. ROBB NON-EXECUTIVE INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Appointed
April 2009
HANNESORENSEN NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed
August 2018 PATHAMADAI BALACHANDRAN BALAJI NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR Appointed December 2017 N A S S E R M U K H TA R M U N J E E
NON- EXECUTIVE INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR Appointed February 2012
PROFSIRRALFDSPETHKBEFR EngF R S
NON-EXECUTIVE VICE CHAIRMAN
Appointed
September 2020
THIERRY BOLLORÉ
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
NIGEL BLENKINSOP
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, COMPANY QUALITY AND CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
FELIX BRÄUT I G A M
C H I E F C O M M E R C I A L O F F I C E R
N I C K C O L L I N S
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , V E H I C L E P R O G R A M M E S
H A N N O K I R N E R
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , C O R P O R AT E A N D
STRATEGY
ADRIAN MARDELL
CHIEF FINANCIAL O F F I C E R
P R O F E S S O R G E R RY M c G OV E R N O B E
C H I E F C R E AT I V E O F F I C E R
G R A N T M c P H E R S O N
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , M A N U FA C T U R I N G
D AV E O W E N
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , S U P P LY C H A I N
Q I N G PA N
P R E S I D E N T, J A G U A R L A N D R O V E R
C H I N A
N I C K R O G E R S
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , P R O D U C T
E N G I N E E R I N G
H A N N E S O R E N S E N
N O N - E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R
D AV E W I L L I A M S
E X E C U T I V E D I R E C T O R , H U M A N R E S O U R C E S
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
33


Table of Contents

LEADERSHIP WATES PRINCIPLE 3 – DIRECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES Effective risk management is central to achieving the Group’s strategic objectives and is a core responsibility of the JLR plc Board and its committees. In this section, you will find information about the responsibilities and focus of the JLR plc Board and the Audit, Remuneration and Disclosure Committees. Good governance is achieved through effective committees tackling core areas of focus on a regular basis. See page 36 for further information. During the year, a separate Compliance Committee, consisting of non-executive directors who are Members of the Audit Committee, was created which met bi-annually and movement to quarterly meetings have provided increased input in the review and assessment of compliance risks. The purpose of this Committee is to provide independent oversight of JLR’s compliance programmes by those with responsibility for Group governance compliance. This includes overseeing the adequacy, effectiveness and maturity of the various compliance programmes. In this section, you will find information about the induction and development of directors across the Group, as well as the key considerations when measuring the effectiveness of the JLR plc Board and its committees. AUDIT COMMITTEE Reviews the integrity of the financial statements, relationship with the external auditors and effectiveness of internal financial controls. For more information see page 36 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC BOARD The Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board provides supervision and guidance to the Group’s management, particularly with respect to corporate governance, business strategies and growth plans. It also considers the identification of risks and their mitigation strategies, entry into new businesses, product launches, demand fulfilment and capital expenditure requirements, as well as the review of business plans and targets. For more information see page 36 REMUNERATION COMMITTEE Determines the overall remuneration policy and strategy to ensure transparency and alignment with the Group’s short and long-term strategic goals. For more information see page 38 JAGUAR LAND ROVER LIMITED BOARD OF DIRECTORS The work of the JLR Ltd Board of Directors complements, enhances and supports the work of the JLR plc Board, with them operating under the direction and authority of the Chief Executive Officer to support in the execution of the Group’s strategy, including evaluating the Group’s performance against budget and forecast. They are also responsible for overseeing the implementation of appropriate risk assessment processes and controls to identify, manage and mitigate the principal risks to the Group, and in doing so, provide support to the boards of directors of other Group companies. COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE Provides oversight of Jaguar Land Rover’s management to review and assess its various compliance risks. Oversees and assesses appropriateness of the adequacy, effectiveness and maturity of the many compliance programmes. DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE Supports the Jaguar Land Rover plc Board and Audit Committee in reviewing and approving the final form of quarterly and annual statements relating to the performance of the Group. For more information see page 37 OTHER EXAMPLES OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES: • Risk Management Committee • Product Committee • Health and Safety Committee • Security Committee • Unusual Events Committee • Financial Risk and Assurance Committee • Financial Risk Committee KEY MATTERS CONSIDERED BY THE JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC BOARD IN FISCAL YEAR 2020/21 TOPIC / ACTIVITY ACTIONS PROGRESS STRATEGY Review of the business Analysed the automotive industry Covid-19 resulted in temporary retailer and plant shutdowns during the early and operating model trends and retail outlook and as- start of the fiscal year. sessed the potential impact on the The majority of the Group’s facilities both UK and Overseas have been oper-Group. Reviewed the Group’s perfor- ational whilst ensuring robust protocols and guidelines are being adhered to mance against its competitors. ensure the safety and wellbeing of our employees. In line with Reimagine, electrified options extended to 12 Jaguar Land Rover models, including 8 with plug-in hybrid (PHEV), 11 with mild-hybrid (MHEV) and the all-electric Jaguar I-PACE (BEV). Charge+ transformation savings continue to be recognised. Maintaining Supported continued investment CNY 5 billion loan arranged and fully drawn. appropriate liquidity to promote sustainable business Issuance of $650m Senior Notes due January 2028 at a coupon of 5.875% and to support business growth over the long term. $700m Senior Notes due 2025 at a coupon of 7.75%. requirements Used cash to implement ongoing £300m bond repaid in January 2021, £125m of UKEF guaranteed loan amor-programmes to support business tised. growth. RMB 5bn loan completed and drawn down in June 2020. Considered and approved the Post year end on the 1st April 2021, £1.31bn of the RCF was renewed. Group’s debt funding arrangements. Discussion of the Reviewed and approved, where Project Charge and Charge + has achieved £6 billion of lifetime savings includ-Group’s capital appropriate, the business cases for ing £2.5bn in Fiscal 2020/21. structure and financial internally developed future business. strategy RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL Review the Group’s Reviewed and updated approach to Agreed Group-level risks and a robust set of mitigating activities, which are principal risks and the identify and manage principal risks. regularly monitored. effectiveness of internal Continuing assessment of significant Further developed the Group’s approach to risk. control systems and risk and emerging risks, including geo- Considered movements in key risks resulting from changes to likelihood or management political uncertainty and the impact business impact. of Brexit. Brexit deal was agreed in line with the Group’s planning assumptions, continued assessment of implications to the Group across trade, compliance and operations are being planned appropriately LEADERSHIP AND PEOPLE Review composition of Discussed the composition of the The JLR plc Board of directors is in place and continually monitored. the JLR plc Board and JLR plc Board and its committees, its committees including succession planning.Review the develop- Ongoing commitment to maintaining Due to the strength of succession planning built into the business, recent ment of people and a balance of appropriate skills and changes surrounding the CEO has been appropriately addressed with a smooth talent in the Group, experience among the Group and transition. including succession associated committees. planning for senior roles Discuss the results of Conducted a thorough review of Continued focus on engagement and development of employees through offer-the employee engage- Pulse surveys to identify areas for ing a wide range of training courses. ment survey and devise improvement. A revised gender pay gap report has been issued and distributed to all employ-strategic actions arising Encouraged interaction between ees for review, consideration and challenge. from it employees across the Group. GOVERNANCE, STAKEHOLDERS AND Review the Group’s Considered sustainability, including Reviewed developments in corporate governance and considered key legal and purpose, goal, vision and the Group’s impact on the communi- regulatory updates. values ty and the environment. Monitored and addressed regular Health and Safety updates. Encourage strong Actively supported engagement Ongoing discussions at all levels of the business with shareholders. engagement with opportunities. investors and Regularly reviewed and acted upon Engagement with other stakeholders based on feedback. stakeholders feedback from key stakeholders. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE Assessment of the Evaluated the Group’s performance Reviewed and approved the latest five-year business plan for the Group. Group’s financial against budget and forecast. Approved the Annual Report. performance Reviewed the quarterly and annual results and associated presentations to investors. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 35 -


Table of Contents

EFFECTIVENESS THE JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC BOARD Continued development of the Group’s product pipeline through Reimagine to provide all nameplates in electric form by end of the decade, thereby seeking to capitalise on segment growth. Ongoing aim to achieve Net Zero carbon emissions across supply chains, products and operations by 2039; • Closer collaboration with the Tata Group to share best practice in next-generation technology, data and software development; • To become a more agile business with a simplified manufacturing operation; Consideration of the evolving economic, political and market conditions, such as those related to Brexit and Covid-19. Developing people and the workforce of tomorrow. Ongoing review and monitoring of external risk factors, considering their impact on the future of the Group in light of upcoming changes in both the political and economic environment. HOW WE DIVIDE UP OUR RESPONSBIILITIES Chairman of the JLR plc Board Responsible for leading the JLR plc Board, its effectiveness and governance. Also sets the agenda to take full account of the issues and concerns of the directors and ensures effective links between external stakeholders, the JLR plc Board and management. Non-executive directors Constructively challenge the Chief Executive Officer and monitor the delivery of the Group’s strategy within the risk and controls environment set by the JLR plc Board. Chief Executive Officer Responsible for the day-to-day leadership, management and control of the Group, recommending the Group strategy to the JLR plc Board, and implementing the Group’s strategy and decisions of the JLR plc Board. INDUCTION, DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT All new directors receive a full, formal and tailored induction upon joining the JLR plc Board. The JLR plc Board calendar is also planned to enable directors to visit the increasing number of Jaguar Land Rover geographic locations. Directors are briefed on a wide range of topics throughout the year. These topics range from those with particular relevance to the business of the Group, such as global automotive demand, to more general matters such as developments in corporate governance. We recognise that our directors have a range of experience, and so we encourage them to attend external seminars and briefings that will assist them individually. EVALUATION The JLR plc Board continuously assesses its effectiveness in the following areas: • The flow and quality of information to and from the JLR plc Board to ensure effective communication; • Decision-making process and culture; and • The outcome and impact of decisions made by the JLR plc Board. The JLR plc Board and Audit Committee also provide direct feedback to management committees during the year. COMMITTEES SUPPORTING ACCOUNTABILITY AUDIT COMMITTEE Composition of the Audit Committee Andrew Robb, Chairman Nasser Munjee P. B. Balaji H.B.B. Sorensen Role of the Audit Committee • Monitors the integrity of the financial statements, including the review of significant financial reporting issues and judgements alongside the findings of the external auditor. • Oversees the relationship with the external auditor, external audit process, nature and scope of the external audit and the appointment, effectiveness, independence and fees of the external auditor. • Monitors and reviews the effectiveness of Corporate Audit, ensuring coordination with the activities of the external auditor. • Reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s systems for internal financial control, financial reporting and risk management. Main activities of the Audit Committee during the year Financial reporting During the year, the Audit Committee met with the external auditor and management as part of the fiscal 2020/21 annual and quarterly reporting approval process a total of five times. The Audit Committee reviewed the draft financial statements and considered a number of supporting papers. This included reviewing information presented by management on significant accounting judgements to ensure all issues raised were properly dealt with; reviewing presentation and disclosure of materials to ensure adequacy, clarity and completeness; reviewing the documentation prepared to support the going concern statement given on page 43; and reviewing external audit reports. The key matters considered in the year by the Audit Committee were:going concern, impairment of long-life assets, capitalisation of product engineering costs,valuation of defined benefit plan obligations. Internal controls The Audit Committee reviewed the effectiveness of financial reporting, internal control over financial reporting and risk management procedures within the Group, with particular regard given to compliance with the provisions of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other relevant regulations. The reviews also considered any potential material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Group’s ability to record, process and report financial data, including that of systems controls. The Audit Committee received reports from the external auditor, Business Assurance and Corporate Audit with respect to these matters. External Audit The Audit Committee reviewed the significant audit issues affecting the Group with the external auditor and how they have been addressed in the financial statements. The Audit Committee also evaluated the external auditor by reviewing the firm’s independence, its internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent quality control or peer review of audit firms. This included the findings of any enquiry or investigation carried out by government or professional bodies with respect to one or more independent audits performed by the external auditor within the last five years. KPMG, the external auditors, have completed their fourth year in post. Section 139(2) of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, mandates that all listed companies rotate their auditors once the auditor has served as an auditor for a period of 10 or more consecutive years. Under these regulations, the Group will be required to retender the audit by no later than 2027 and the Committee will keep the external auditor tender under review and act in accordance with any changes in regulations and best practice relating to the tenure of the external auditor. To help safeguard KPMG’s objectivity, independence and effectiveness, the Group has a non-audit services policy which sets out the circumstances and financial limits within which the external auditor may be permitted to provide certain non-audit services. This policy sets a presumption that KPMG should only be engaged for non-audit services where there is an obvious and compelling reason to do so (for example, their skills and experience or ability to provide the services) and provided such work does not impair their independence or objectivity and has no impact on the audited financial statements. It prohibits KPMG from providing certain services, including legal, valuation, actuarial and internal audit. The Audit Committee approves all non-audit services before they are performed. Non-audit fees paid to KPMG in the year totalled £1.2 million (2020: £1.1 million), representing 21 per cent of the fees paid for audit and audit-related assurance services. Corporate Audit During the year, the Audit Committee regularly reviewed the adequacy of the Corporate Audit function, the Corporate Audit charter, staffing and seniority of the official heading the function, reporting structure, budget, coverage and the frequency of corporate audits, the structure of Corporate Audit and approval of the audit plan. The Audit Committee also met with Corporate Audit and the external auditor on a one to-one basis twice during the year. This forms an important part of our consideration and control, ensuring that they have an open and direct forum with the Audit Committee. DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE Composition of the Disclosure Committee: Chief Financial Officer and his direct reports Matters considered during the year • Reviewed and updated the terms of reference of the Disclosure Committee • Reviewed the audit and control findings from the external auditor • Reviewed areas of key management judgement and significant transactions, including their presentation and disclosure in both the quarterly and annual financial statements • Reviewed new disclosures in both the quarterly and annual financial statements for appropriateness • Considered the impact of new accounting standards on the Group. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 37 –


Table of Contents

ACCOUNTABILITY WATES PRINCIPLE 4 — OPPORTUNITY AND RISK In addition to the matters referred to throughout this report on risk management, please also refer to page 25 which includes a list of principal risks including mitigations relevant to the Group. See pages 26 to 27 for assessment and categorisation of principal risks and actions to mitigate. WATES PRINCIPLE 5—REMUNERATION In accordance with Wates Principle 5, the Nominations and Remuneration Committee of JLR plc Board ensures that appropriate senior management is recruited to deliver on the Group’s objectives. The Nominations and Remuneration Committee has clearly defined Terms of Reference and is responsible for remuneration strategy, recruitment and long term incentive plans for senior executives. NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE Composition of the Nominations and Remuneration Committee Andrew Robb, Chairman Natarajan Chandrasekaran Hanne Sorensen In addition to the Committee members, the Chief Executive Officer is invited to attend meetings, except where there is a conflict of interest. The Nominations and Remuneration Committee is supported by the Executive Director, Human Resources and the HR Director, Global Reward & Mobility. Role of the Nominations and Remuneration Committee The Nominations and Remuneration Committee is responsible for the structure, appointments, removals, succession, performance and compensation of the JLR plc Board and the Jaguar Land Rover Management Board. The Committee’s involvement in all aspects of nominations and remuneration ensures that all decisions in terms of Board appointments are made in a fair, equal and balanced way. With the appointment of the new Chief Executive Officer in September 2020 and the subsequent announcement of the Reimagine strategy the committee has supported the reconfiguration of Jaguar Land Rover’s Management Board in order to align and strengthen the team for the delivery of the new strategy. The reorganisation and changes due to retirement of previous Board members saw Jaguar Land Rover Limited Board make six new appointments during the course of the Financial Year. Remuneration policy The remuneration policy is designed to attract, retain and motivate executives of the highest quality, encouraging them to deliver exceptional business performance aligned to Jaguar Land Rover’s strategy and the objective of delivering long-term sustainable growth. Its structure and individual remuneration elements align with the design of the Company’s remuneration policy for the wider organisation. Any decisions the Nominations and Remuneration Committee makes in relation to executive remuneration will be made with clear understanding of the developments to pay and conditions for the wider workforce. Executive remuneration consists of: Fixed elements: • Salary. Designed to recruit and retain individuals with the necessary knowledge, skills and experience to deliver the Group’s strategic objectives. Salary is reviewed annually and benchmarked against comparable roles in appropriate comparator groups. • Retirement benefits. The Group has a number of defined benefit pension schemes that are closed to new employees. Executives who are members of these schemes will continue to accrue benefits, but most executives now either have defined contribution provisions or elect to receive a cash allowance in lieu of retirement benefits. The cash allowance is at the same level as the equivalent defined contribution provision. • Other benefits. Executives are eligible to participate in the Group’s management car programme, medical arrangements, and life insurance and disability plans. Performance-related elements: • Annual bonus. The Global Bonus Plan is currently designed to reward achievement of short-term financial and strategic measures to support the Group’s strategy. Performance is measured against quantifiable one-year financial and operational targets. • Long term incentive. The Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) is designed to reward and encourage alignment with the Group’s long-term sustainable growth strategy. Performance is measured over a three year period against a balanced scorecard of quantifiable financial and operational targets aligned to long-term growth. The Committee has reviewed the Company’s incentive tools to ensure that these support the Reimagine strategy. As a result of this review the Committee has approved the following changes to the Company’s incentive schemes with effect from the next financial year. The Global Management Bonus Plan will be re-positioned to focus on the key operational priorities through the reduction and simplification of the plan metrics. The reduced number of metrics have been selected to be easy to understand and drive a clear alignment to the business focus for the next financial year. Combined with an enhanced communication approach this change will support employee understanding of how they can impact business performance on the key priorities. The challenging business environment of the recent years has devalued the existing LTIP for senior leadership. The plan design of setting metrics three years in advance of vesting has proven unrealistic and inflexible in the changing market conditions. To successfully complete the Reimagine journey Jaguar Land Rover requires an incentive tool focusing senior managers on the key strategic drivers for long term sustainability and success which is adaptable to evolving priorities and external conditions. The existing LTIP will therefore be replaced by an annual Strategic Bonus plan, aligned to the Reimagine Strategy. The plan metrics will focus on Financial Health, Brand Health, Digitalisation and Sustainability and will reward the collaborative effort and steps senior leadership make towards implementing the strategy and EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION 2020/21 There is linkage between Jaguar Land Rover business strategy and the performance related elements of remuneration. The approved scheme adaptations for the next year will further enhance this interconnection through simplification of the bonus metrics and the introduction of a more flexible annual strategic incentive as a replacement for the existing LTIP scheme. The overall objective is to deliver executive pay in line with a market median range for target performance, with enhanced reward opportunity to reflect exceptional business performance. Overall remuneration is balanced, with the majority linked to business performance. WATES PRINCIPLE 6 – STAKEHOLDER RELATIONSHIPS AND ENGAGEMENT The JLR plc Board continues to promote accountability and transparency with all stakeholders and shareholders and effectively communicates the Group’s strategic direction. Brand and reputation including existing and future relationships with shareholders, customers, suppliers, employment Interaction and communication with customers and suppliers are set out on page 29. Maintaining strong relationships with our shareholder, bond investors and other credit providers including relationship banks is crucial to achieving the Group’s aims. In this section you will find information about how we engage with our shareholder, bond investors and other credit providers including relationship banks. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 39 –


Table of Contents

INVESTOR RELATIONS ENGAGEMENT SOLE SHAREHOLDER Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc (and its subsidiaries) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tata Motors Limited (held through TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)) and the majority of the Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board also reside as directors on the board of Tata Motors Limited. Although we operate on a stand-alone, arm’s length basis, we maintain an open and collaborative strategic relationship with Tata Motors Limited and plan to increase our collaboration in numerous areas going forward. BOND INVESTORS, LOAN AND OTHER CREDIT PROVIDERS As at 31 March 2021, we had approximately £4.3 billion of listed unsecured bonds outstanding (31 March 2020: £3.9 billion) and £1.8 billion of loans (31 March 2019: £1.5 billion). We maintain regular dialogue with our bond investors and relationship banks (some of whom provide support for loans and other credit facilities) through the quarterly publication of operational and financial results on the Group’s website supported by live broadcasts. The investor relations team also attends various credit conferences held throughout the year and our annual capital markets day where investors, banks and other credit providers have the opportunity to meet with Jaguar Land Rover senior management in person to discuss the Group’s strategy and aspirations. CREDIT RATING AGENCIES As at 31 March 2021, Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc had a credit rating of B (negative outlook) from S&P and B1 (negative outlook) from Moody’s. We maintain regular and open dialogue with the rating agencies, including an in-depth annual review of our long-term business plans, so that an independent assessment of our credit profile can be represented in the market for the benefit of current and prospective investors as well as supporting any future debt issuance. JAGUAR LAND ROVER’S APPROACH TO TAX INTRODUCTION Jaguar Land Rover’s business is significant and our operations are large and complex. As a result, we operate through multiple companies, with activities, employees and assets located in numerous countries around the world. This, in turn, naturally drives an inherent level of complexity in our tax affairs. In relation to tax matters, just as for any other area of our business, Jaguar Land Rover always strives to be a good, responsible corporate citizen and we are committed to complying with all applicable tax laws, both in letter and in spirit. We aim to be fair, honest, transparent and ethical in our conduct and for everything we do to stand the test of public scrutiny. JAGUAR LAND ROVER’S KEY TAX PRINCIPLES The Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board has formally adopted six key principles in relation to Jaguar Land Rover’s approach to taxation matters and the conduct of our tax affairs. These principles apply equally to all companies within the Jaguar Land Rover Group, across all areas of our business activity and in all of our territories of operation. JAGUAR LAND ROVER WILL CONDUCT ITS TAX AFFAIRS IN A WAY THAT: 1. Is compliant with all legal and regulatory obligations and which adheres to the principles set out in the Jaguar Land Rover Code of Conduct and Tata Code of Conduct; 2. Is aligned with the Group’s overall business strategy and growth objectives; 3. Proactively seeks to enhance shareholder value and optimise tax cost on a sustainable basis; 4. Is governed, managed and controlled within an appropriate risk management framework; 5. Is appropriately resourced and seeks to maximise operating efficiencies through the suitable use of automation and technology-based solutions; and 6. Maintains good, open, honest and professional working relationships with tax authorities globally and seeks to take a leading role in relation to matters of governmental tax policy relevant to Jaguar Land Rover. Each principle is commented on further below: 1. Tax compliance This is considered the most fundamental and important of our six principles. Jaguar Land Rover will always seek to comply with all applicable tax laws, both in terms of the letter and the spirit of the law, and to satisfy its global tax compliance obligations in a timely and accurate manner. In addition, we adhere to the Jaguar Land Rover Code of Conduct and the Tata Code of Conduct, which set out the high, ethical standards of business behaviour expected from all companies and employees within our Group. Jaguar Land Rover has zero tolerance to the evasion of tax, including the evasion of tax by third parties associated with our business. 2. Business alignment Jaguar Land Rover always aligns its tax affairs with the genuine business activities being undertaken by the organisation. We do not engage in any form of tax avoidance or artificial tax structuring and we do not operate or use any offshore tax havens. All Jaguar Land Rover Group subsidiaries are located in countries where the business has significant physical and economic operations (i.e. employees, offices and revenue generating activity). 3. Enhancing shareholder value As a commercial organisation, Jaguar Land Rover will always seek to effectively manage its tax liabilities, just as for any other business cost. In so doing, we always adhere to relevant tax laws and, in relation to transactions within the Group, we always seek to ensure that these are conducted on an arm’s length basis in accordance with Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) principles. Where governments or fiscal authorities have introduced particular tax reliefs, credits, incentives or exemptions to encourage specific types of economic activity (for example, investment in research and development), we will always seek to ensure that Jaguar Land Rover claims the appropriate level of benefit for which it qualifies. 4. Governance and risk management Tax risks arising within the Group are identified, assessed and managed by the central Tax function on an ongoing basis. A detailed tax update is taken to the Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board on an annual basis and tax risks are reported quarterly to the Financial Risk and Assurance Committee. The Jaguar Land Rover Tax Director also meets with the Chief Financial Officer on a biweekly basis to provide updates on all tax matters affecting the Group. Jaguar Land Rover actively seeks to minimise risk in relation to tax matters. We do this through a variety of processes and controls including, for example, tax risk assessments and health-check exercises for subsidiaries, online monitoring of compliance processes and an active Advance Pricing Agreement programme. 5. Tax resource Responsibility for the day-to-day management of Jaguar Land Rover’s tax affairs rests with our central Tax function, led by the Jaguar Land Rover Tax Director. The function comprises an appropriate blend of tax professionals with the necessary qualifications, training, skills and experience required to effectively undertake their roles. The Tax function also advises the Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board in relation to setting Group tax strategy and policy. In addition to the central Tax function, the business also has dedicated tax professionals embedded within the finance teams of key non-UK subsidiaries. Where appropriate, we look to implement technology-based solutions to streamline processes, drive efficiency and manage risk. 6. Relationships with governments and authorities In our dealings with tax authorities globally, including HMRC in the UK, we always look to maintain good, open, honest and professional working relationships, to engage proactively in relation to tax matters and to resolve any areas of dispute or differences of opinion as quickly as possible in order to reduce uncertainty and manage risk. We also actively engage in dialogue with governments, either directly or through appropriate representative bodies, in relation to matters of tax policy which affect our business. Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc regards this document and its publication as complying with its duty under Para 19(2), Sch 19, FA16. APPROVAL OF STRATEGIC REPORT The Strategic Report on pages 3 to 41 was approved by the Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board and authorised for issue on 28 May 2021 and signed on its behalf by: THIERRY BOLLORÉ CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc 28 May 2021 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 41 –


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR’S REPORT The directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2021. Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The registered business address of the directors and senior management of the Group is Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England, United Kingdom. Future developments Future developments impacting the Group are disclosed in the Strategic report on pages 6 to 9. Response to COVID-19 has been set out on page 17. Dividends The directors have proposed a £nil dividend for 31 March 2021. (For the years ended 31 March 2019 and 2020: £nil.) Health and safety The directors, through the Health and Safety committee remains committed to the effective management of this area to ensure a safe working environment is provided for all. Directors A list of the directors currently appointed on the JLR plc Board are set out on page 32. Directors’ indemnities The Group has made qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the benefit of its directors during the year; these remain in force at the date of this report. Material interests in shares Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tata Motors Limited, held through TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore). Share capital Share capital remains unchanged. See note 30 to the consolidated financial statements on page 100 for further details. Corporate Governance Statement The Corporate Governance Statement is set out on pages 28 to 40 and is incorporated by reference into this report. Branches The Group has 10 branches that exist and operate outside of the UK, based in China and the United Arab Emirates. Research and development The Group is committed to an ongoing programme of expenditure on research and development activities as disclosed in note 12 to the consolidated financial statements on page 81. Financial instruments The disclosures required in relation to the use of financial instruments by the Group and Company, together with details of the Group’s and Company’s treasury policy and management, are set out in note 36 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 110 to 121 and in note 53 on pages 136 to 140 of the parent company financial statements. Employee information The average number of employees within the Group is disclosed in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements on page 79. Apart from determining that an individual has the ability to carry out a particular role, the Group does not discriminate in any way. It endeavours to retain employees if they become disabled, making reasonable adjustments to their role and, if necessary, looking for redeployment opportunities within the Group. The Group also ensures that training, career development and promotion opportunities are available to all employees irrespective of gender, race, age or disability. Employee engagement Details of how the Group involves its employees are contained in the Strategic report on pages 16 to 17, which are incorporated by reference into this report. Customer and supplier relationships Details of how the Group engages and interacts with its customers and suppliers are contained on pages 29 which are incorporate by reference into this report. Political involvement and contributions The Group respects an employee’s right to use their own time and resources to participate as individual citizens in political and governmental activities of their choice. The Group itself operates under legal limitations on its ability to engage in political activities and, even where there are no legal restrictions, the Group does not typically make contributions to political candidates or political parties, or permit campaigning on its property by political candidates (including those who work for the Group) or persons working on their behalf. There have not been any political donations in any of the periods covered by these financial statements. Going concern The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in the Strategic report. The financial position of the Group is described on pages 21 to 23. In addition, note 36 to the consolidated financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its exposures to interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Details of the Group’s financial instruments and hedging activities are also provided in note 36 to the consolidated financial statements. During the financial year, despite the challenges arising from the unprecedented circumstances driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has demonstrated its operational and financial resilience and ability to manage business risks successfully. The Group has continued to achieve significant cost and cash efficiencies, primarily as a result of Charge+, substantially contributing to the significant improvement in profitability and cash flow year-on-year. In addition, the successful launch of Land Rover Defender and the recovery of sales throughout the year (supported by innovative solutions such as retailers click and delivery service) including double-digit sales growth in China have contributed to the strong performance in the year. Having successfully navigated through the initial uncertainties presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, Brexit, heightened trade tensions and other geopolitical volatility combined with the launch of the Reimagine strategy as detailed on pages 6 to 9, the Directors are confident in the strength of the business and its ability to generate sustainable positive cash flows from operations. The Group has modelled two main scenarios in its assessment of going concern: a base case and a severe but plausible downside scenario. The base case covers the period to 30 September 2022 (the ‘Going Concern Assessment Period’ and the ‘Foreseeable Future’) and is based on the approved five-year business plan. (The extension is so as to include the reporting date subsequent to the commencement of the new Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) in July 2020, when the associated liquidity covenant will be tested.) The base case takes into account the estimated ongoing impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic and a cautious view of the impact of near-term supply chain challenges related to global semi-conductor shortages. Management’s assessment of supply chain risk is discussed within the Principal Risk section on page 27. It also accounts for other end-market and operational factors throughout the Going Concern Assessment Period. This scenario assumes: • a continued recovery in sales volumes throughout the going concern period compared to FY21 and is based upon external industry forecasts, adjusted for group specific events; • associated costs as we begin to implement the Reimagine strategy outlined on pages 6 to 9; • cost performance based on recent experience, with some cost savings in line with our Refocus programme. The severe but plausible downside scenario models the impact of a repeat of the COVID-19 pandemic. The repeat pandemic scenario assumes: • sales decline from October 2021 onwards with a recovery from February 2022 based on observed volumes from the point at which the pandemic began in FY20 . The timing is aligned to the seasonal increase in respiratory infections common in the northern hemisphere; • significant reduction in cash generation and free cash flow of £1.9 billion compared to the base case. In this scenario the Group forecasts sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due throughout the assessment period, without the need for any mitigating actions and new funding. In addition, reverse stress testing has also been performed. A scenario in which all available liquidity is used requires an extremely significant decline in sales volumes beyond the repeat pandemic scenario modelled. Such a scenario is considered to be remote and excludes the impact of mitigating actions. The Group achieved positive free cash flow of £185 million in Fiscal 2020/21 and issued around £1.6 billion of new debt in FY21, including the CNY 5 billion China loan and $1.35 billion of new five and seven-year bonds in October and December 2020 respectively, whilst debt repaid included a £300 million bond in January 2021 and £125 million of the loan guaranteed by UKEF amortised during the year. As a result, the Group ended the year with £6.7 billion of liquidity, comprising total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments of £4.8 billion and the £1.9 billion undrawn committed revolving credit facility (RCF). Furthermore, on the 1st April 2021, the Group extended £1.31 billion of the RCF to March 2024, which will be available when the current facility expires in July 2022. The terms of the new agreement include a liquidity covenant of £1 billion. This is consistent with the existing UKEF facility. These covenants would not be breached in the severe but plausible scenario modelled. Further details on liquidity can be found on page 23. The Board considers that the Group has adequate financial resources to continue in operational existence, meeting its liabilities as they fall due for the Foreseeable Future. This is based on the impact analysis undertaken over that period and the significant liquidity position of the Group. Accordingly, the financial statements set out on pages 56 to 141 have been prepared on the going concern basis. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 43 –


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR’S REPORT Events after the balance sheet date Full details of significant events since the balance sheet date are disclosed in note 42 on page 127 to the consolidated financial statements. Code of Conduct Directors and employees are required to comply with the Jaguar Land Rover Code of Conduct, which is intended to help them put the Group’s ethical principles into practice. The Code of Conduct clarifies the basic principles and standards they are required to follow and the behaviour expected of them. The Code of Conduct can be found at www.jaguarlandrover.com. Employees, contract staff, third parties with whom the Group has a business relationship (such as retailers, suppliers and agents), and any member of the public may raise ethical and compliance concerns to the Group’s global helpline or via: group.compliance@jaguarlandrover.com. Slavery and human trafficking statement Pursuant to section 54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Group has published a slavery and human trafficking statement for the year ended 31 March 2021. The statement sets out the steps that the Group has taken to address the risk of slavery and human trafficking occurring within its own operations and its supply chains. This statement can be found on the corporate website at www.jaguarlandrover.com. Whistleblowing policy The Group’s whistleblowing policy encourages employees to report, in confidence and anonymously if preferred, concerns about suspected impropriety or wrongdoing in any matters affecting the business. An independent hotline exists to facilitate this process. Any matters reported are thoroughly investigated and escalated to the Committee. Diversity policy Diversity management continues to form a core part of the Group’s business strategy. We rely on the diversity of our employees to form the foundation of a strong and dynamic company. See pages 28 to 29 for further details. Greenhouse gas emissions The Group is committed to reducing greenhouse gas emissions and continues to invest heavily in this activity. See page 16 for further details. STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they have elected to prepare the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and applicable law. Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the Group’s profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent Company financial statements, the directors are required to: • select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; • make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable; • state whether they have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; • assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and • use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and a Directors’ Report that complies with that law and those regulations. The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. Statement of disclosure of information to auditors In the case of each of the persons who are directors at the time when the report is approved under section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, the following applies: so far as the directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; and the directors have taken necessary actions in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information. Auditor A resolution to reappoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Group is to be proposed at the 2021 Tata Motors Limited Annual General Meeting. Acknowledgement The directors wish to convey their appreciation to all employees for their continued commitment, effort and contribution in supporting the delivery of the Group’s performance. The directors would also like to extend their thanks to all other key stakeholders for their continued support of the Group and their confidence in its management. The Annual Report on pages 1 to 141 was approved by the Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc Board and authorised for issue on 28 May 2021 and signed on its behalf by: THIERRY BOLLORÉ CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc 28 May 2021 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 45 –


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 1. OUR OPINION IS UNMODIFIED We have audited the financial statements of Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 March 2021 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expense, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, the parent Company Balance Sheet, the parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the parent Company Cash Flow Statement, and the related notes, including the parent Company and Group accounting policies in note 2. In our opinion: • the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2021 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; • the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; • the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of, and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and • the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Basis for opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. OVERVIEW Materiality: £80m (2020: £85.9m) Group financial statements whole as a 0.4% of Group Revenue (2020: 0.4% of Group Revenue) Coverage 82% (2020:88%) of Group revenue Key audit matters vs 2020 Recurring risks Going concern Impairment of property plant and equipment, intangible, and right-of use non-current assets Capitalisation of product engineering costs Valuation of defined benefit plan obligations Parent Company Recoverability of key audit matter parent Company investment in subsidiaries and intra- group debtors 2. KEY AUDIT MATTERS: INCLUDING OUR ASSESSMENT OF RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows: The risk Our response Going Concern Disclosure quality: the We liquidity considered or covenant whether these compliance risks could in the plausibly going concern affect Risk vs 2020 period by assessing the directors’ sensitivities over the level The financial statements explain of available financial resources and covenant thresholds how the Board has formed a Refer (accounting to page 60 judgement that it is appropriate indicated of severe, by but the plausible, Group’s adverse financial effects forecasts that taking could account arise from to adopt the going concern basis policy). of preparation for the Group and these risks individually and collectively. parent Company. Our procedures also included: That judgement is based on an evaluation of the inherent risks • management’s Assessment of process management’s to produce process: forecasts, Evaluated including to the Group’s and the parent Company’s business model, in determine the assessment the severe of internal but plausible and external downside factors scenarios used to particular risks associated with the global coronavirus pandemic, adopted. the impact of Brexit, and how those risks might affect the • Funding Company’s assessment: financing facilities Evaluated to ensure the Group that and the parent Group and parent Company’s financial resources or ability to available facilities, were terms completely and covenants and accurately associated reflected with these in continue operations over a period to 30 September 2022. the cash flow forecasts The risks most likely to adversely • Key the key dependency assumptions assessment: underpinning Evaluated the forecast whether cash affect the Group and parent Company’s available financial Directors’ flows, which going the concern directors basis have of used preparation to support and the resources over this period were: to commitments assess whether as they the fall Group due, can were meet realistic, its financial achievable • The impact of coronavirus lockdowns and related and matters consistent identified with in the the external audit. The environment key assumptions and other potential economic damage on customer demand in the include costs. sales volumes together with fixed and variable Group’s key markets, • The impact on the Group’s Inspected Reimagine the restructuring timing of cash and ensured outflows that related they to were the supply chain and consequent production capability from completely flow forecasts. and accurately incorporated into the cash semiconductor shortages, coronavirus related supply shortages and supplier • Historical flow forecasting comparisons: accuracy Evaluated of the Group the historical by comparing cash continuity risks historical well as assessing cash flows the to accuracy actual results of key reported, assumptions as The risk for our audit is whether or not those risks are such previously applied. that they amount to a material uncertainty that may cast • appropriateness Benchmarking assumptions: of the Group’s Assessed key assumptions the used significant doubt about the ability to continue as a going concern. to in the externally cash flow derived forecasts data, by with benchmarking particular focus them on Had they been such, then that fact would have been required to forecast sales volumes. be disclosed. • Sensitivity key assumptions analysis: underlying Considered the Group’s sensitivities cash over flow the forecasts financial resources. and their impact on the level of available • Our to challenge sector experience: the key assumptions We used our made industry by the specialists directors in their forecast cash flows. • Assessing and accuracy transparency: of the matters Assessed disclosed the in completeness the going concern consistent disclosure with our by knowledge considering of the whether business. it is JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 47 -


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT Impairment of property plant and equipment, intangible, and right-of-use non-current assets Risk vs 2020(Carrying of property value ment, plant and intangible, equip- and non-current right-of-use assets £12,391 million; 2020: million) £ 13,660 Refer 67 (accounting to page policy) 91 (financial and page disclosures) . The risk Forecast-based assessment There of property, is a risk plant that and the equipment carrying value use (PPE), assets intangible (ROUAs) assets, may and be higher right-of- a than review the for recoverable impairment, amount. or reversal Where of recoverable impairment, amount is conducted, is determined the ‘fair based value on the less higher costs of of ‘value-in-use’ disposal’. or The of property, Group holds plant a and significant equipment amount and intangible assets on its balance sheet. Property, intangible plant assets and and equipment, right-of-use as assets cash are flow at forecasts risk of being may impaired contain optimistic value variable expectations profit and of terminal terminal value capital announced expenditure. it’s ‘Reimagine’ The Group strategy has also which mid Modular has led Longitudinal to the termination Architecture of the (‘MLA’) development programme. The as part effect of our of these risk assessment, matters is that, we the determined value in use that of the property, calculation plant of and right-of-use equipment, intangible assets has assets, a high and degree of estimation reasonable uncertainty, outcomes greater with a than range our of as materiality a whole, for and the possibly financial many statements times that note amount. 20 disclose The the financial sensitivities statements estimated by the Group. Our response Our procedures included: • Historical forecasting accuracy: accuracy Evaluated of discounted historical cash ffiow comparing forecasts, them including to the actual key assumptions, results. by • of Historical the Group’s comparison: key assumptions Assessed used appropriateness in the those, discounted where cash appropriate, flow forecasts to historical by comparing trends in terminal capital expenditure. value variable profit and terminal value • appropriateness Benchmarking assumptions: of the Group’s Assessed estimated the value in multiples use amount to market by comparing multiples the of comparative implied trading companies specialists. with the assistance of our valuation assumptions Assessed appropriateness used in the cash of the flow Group’s projections by comparing to externally the derived key assumption data. of sales volumes term Compared growth the rate Group’s to external discount benchmark rate and long- data and discount comparative rate companies calculation and using re-performed the capital asset the pricing specialists. model with the assistance of our valuation • Sensitivity analysis on key analysis: assumptions, Performed generating a sensitivity an independent account of the range Group’s for comparison, Reimagine strategy. taking • reconciliation Comparing valuations: between the Assessed estimated the Group’s market overall capitalisation market of capitalisation the Group, by of reference the Tata Motors to the Limited recoverable Group amount and compared of the cash to generating the estimated unit. • increase Impairment in value reversal: in use Assessed was indicative whether of an the impairment reversal.• of Assessing the Group’s transparency: disclosures Assessed in the financial the adequacy statements reflects the reasonably and ensured possible that the changes disclosure in key the recoverable assumptions amount that erode compared the headroom to the cash in generating unit carrying value to nil. Capitalisation of product engineering costs Risk vs 2020 ( 2020: £769 £ million; 1,426 million) Refer (accounting to page policy) 67 nancial and page disclosu- 81 (fires) . The riskSubjective judgement proportion The Group capitalises of product development a high in spend determining and there whether is a key the judgement nature of satisfy the product the criteria engineering for capitalisation costs to Development ‘Intangible Assets, in Progress’ Product and commence. when this capitalisation The judgement should of when consists capitalisation of a number should commence of judgements 38 regarding capitalisation the satisfaction criteria, and of IAS a key judgement development is assessing projects will whether generate probable future economic benefit. disclose The financial that statements had the value (note of central 2) overheads directly attributable not been classed it would as have £ reduced 80 million the (2020: amount £117 capitalised million) .by Our response Our procedures included: • Group’s Control retrospective operation: Tested review controls of historically over the forecast capitalisation material commenced production against costs actual at the point costs is observed a key input in manufacture. into the directors’ This historical assessment accuracy of development whether the projects future economic is probable benefit and the of control over are considered the Group’s directly judgements attributable. as to whether costs • Our judgements experience: regarding Critically identified assessed directly the directors’ attributable standards and costs our against experience both or the practical accounting application of these standards in other companies. • the Benchmarking volume assumptions assumptions: contained For a sample in capitalised of economic projects, compared viability to the externally Group’s derived assessment data. of • Sensitivity Group’s assessments analysis: For of economic a sample of viability the of development application of projects, appropriate assessed downside the Group’s sensitivities in considered establishing probable. whether future economic benefit is • review Historical of revenue comparison: and material Performed cost a per retrospective vehicle on previous completed economic development viability assumptions projects to assess against actual outturn. Considered impairments whether were evidence the Reimagine of incorrect asset previous assessments initial capitalisation. of economic viability at the time of • of Assessing the Group’s transparency: disclosures Assessed in respect the of the adequacy of key the judgements costs capitalised made relating and the to point the nature at which capitalisation commences.JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 49 –


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT Valuation of defi-ned benefit plan obligations Risk vs 2020 2020: (£8,432 £7,788 million; million) Refer Defined to benefit page 68, (accounting obligation estimate policy) and to 108, pages Defined 102 (financial benefit obligation disclo- sures). The risk Subjective valuation Small assumptions changes and in the estimates, key being the mortality/life discount rate, expectancy, inflation used rate and to value (before the deducting Group’s pension scheme obligation assets) on would the have amount a significant of the Groups’ effect (obligation) net defined. benefit The risk plan is that asset/ these assumptions resulting in an are inappropriate inappropriate valuation of plan obligations. as The part effect of our of these risk assessment, matters is that, of we the determined pension obligation that valuation has a uncertainty, high degree with of estimation a potential range than of reasonable our materiality outcomes for the greater financial statements many times as that a whole, amount. and The possibly financial disclose the statements sensitivity (note estimated 33) by the Group. Our response Our procedures included: • assumptions Control Operation: applied Tested in the controls valuation over and the assumptions inspected the used Group’s by its annual actuarial validation expert of . the Tested the Group’s controls operating over selection competence and and monitoring objectivity of .its actuarial expert for • the Benchmarking support of our assumptions: own actuarial Challenged, specialists, with the liabilities, key assumptions being the applied discount to the rate, valuation initiation of rate the and derived mortality/ data. life expectancy against externally • Assessing adequacy of transparency: the Group’s disclosures Considered in the respect of the plan sensitivity asset/(obligation) of the Groups’ to these net assumptions defined benefit Recoverability of parent Company investment in subsidiaries and intra-group debtors Risk vs 2020 Investment (£1,655 million; £ 2020: 1,655million) Intra-group tors (£6,038 deb- million; 2020: £5,728 million) The riskLow risk, high value The parent carrying Company’s amount investment of the in its intermediate subsidiary, holding which acts company as an for the subsidiaries, rest of the represents parent Company’s 21% (2020: 22%) assets. of The the carrying parent Company’s amount of comprises the intra-group the remaining debtors balance 79% (2020: 78%). risk Their of recoverability significant misstatement is not at a high or subject to significant judgement. and However, in the due context to their of the materiality parent Company is considered financial to be statements one of the areas this that overall had parent the greatest Company effect audit. on our Our response Our procedures included: • Tests of the of parent detail: Company’s Compared only the investment carrying amount with assessed the subsidiary’s 100% of the draft intra balance -group debtor sheet and balance an approximation to identify of whether its minimum its net recoverable assets, being amount, was in excess of its carrying amount.• performed Assessing subsidiary as part of the audits: group Assessed audit over the the work subsidiaries’ profits and net assets. • amount Comparing of the valuations: investment Compared in the subsidiary the carrying to of the its Group’s ultimate estimated parent, adjusted market capitalisation to exclude the of liabilities companies of the outside parent the Company Group, and being net an assets approximation investment. of the recoverable amount of the In the prior year we reported a key audit matter in respect of the impact of uncertainties due to the UK exiting the European Union. Following the trade agreement between the UK and the EU, and the end of the EU-exit implementation period, the nature of these uncertainties has changed. We continue to perform procedures over material assumptions in forward looking assessments such as going concern and impairment tests however we no longer consider the effect of the UK’s departure from the EU to be a separate key audit matter. 3. OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY AND AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £80 million (2020: £85.9 million), determined with reference to a benchmark of Group revenue of £19,731 million (2020: £22,984 million) of which it represents 0.4% (2020: 0.4%). We consider Group revenue to be the most appropriate benchmark, as it provides a more stable measure year on year than Group profit or loss before tax. Materiality for the parent Company financial statements as a whole was set at £36 million (2020: £37 million), determined with reference to a benchmark of the parent Company total assets of £7,694 million (2020: £7,385 million), of which it represents 0.5% (2020: 0.5%). In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 65% (2020: 65%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £52 million (2020: £55.8 million) for the group and £23 million (2020: £24.7 million) for the parent company. We applied this percentage in our determination of performance materiality based on the level of identified control deficiencies during the prior period. We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £4 million (2020: £4.3 million) in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. Of the Group’s 37 (2020: 38) reporting components, we subjected 4 (2020: 4) to full scope audits for group purposes and 4 (2020: 7) to specified risk focused procedures. The latter were not individually financially significant enough to require a full scope audit for group purposes but did present specific individual risks that needed to be addressed. The 4 (2020: 7) components subjected to specified risk-focused audit procedures are as follows: • Revenue—3 components (2020: 5) • Material & other cost of sales—3 components (2020: 1) • Other expenses—0 components (2020: 2) • Property, plant and equipment—1 component (2020: 1) • Depreciation—1 component (2020: 0) • Deferred tax assets—0 components (2020: 2) • Inventories—3 components (2020: 6) • Cash & cash equivalents—3 components (2020: 0) • Accounts receivable—3 components (2020: 0) • Accounts payable—2 components (2020: 2) • Other current liabilities—0 components (2020: 2) • Other non-current liabilities—0 components (2020: 2) The components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages illustrated on page 52. The remaining 18% (2020: 12%) of Group revenue, 10% (2020: 3%) of the total profits and losses that made up Group loss before tax, 11% (2020: 3%) of the total profits and losses that made up Group loss before exceptional items and tax and 11% (2020: 5%) of total Group assets are represented by 29 (2020:27) reporting components, none of which individually represented more than 4% (2020: 2%) of any of Group revenue, total profits and losses that made up Group loss before tax, total profits and losses that made up Group loss before exceptional items and tax or total Group assets. For the residual components, we performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re- examine our assessment that there were no significant risks of material misstatement within these. The Group team instructed component auditors as to the significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above and the information to be reported back. The Group team approved the component materialities, which ranged from £12 million to £65 million (2020: £15 million to £70 million), having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the Group across the components. The work on 5 of the 8 (2020: 9 of the 11) components was performed by component auditors and the rest, including the audit of the parent Company, was performed by the Group team. The Group team visited 0 (2020: 2) component locations to assess the audit risk, strategy and completed audit work, as planned visits to those component locations were prevented by movement restrictions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. Instead, video and telephone conference meetings were held to discuss the audit risk, strategy, and findings reported to the Group team in more detail, and any further work required by the Group team was then performed by the component auditor. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 51 –


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT Normalised group profit before tax Group Materiality £19,731m (2020: £22,984m) £80m (2020: £85.9m) 4. GOING CONCERN The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group and the Company’s financial position means that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). An explanation of how we evaluated management’s assessment of going concern is set out in the related key audit matter in section 2 of this report. Our conclusions based on this work: • we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate; • we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the going concern period; and • we found the going concern disclosure in note 2 to be acceptable However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company will continue in operation. 5. FRAUD AND BREACHES OF LAWS AND REGULATIONS – ABILITY TO DETECT Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included: • Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit and certain senior managers as to the Group’s high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal audit function, and the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud. • Reading Board and audit committee minutes. • Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management and directors. • Using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships. • Using our own forensic specialists to assist us in identifying fraud risks based on discussions of the circumstances of the Group and Company. We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. This included communication from the group to component audit teams of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level and request to component audit teams to report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement at group. As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible pressures to meet profit targets, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, in particular the risk that new vehicle revenue is recognised in the incorrect period and the risk that Group and component management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries, and the risk of bias in accounting estimates and judgements such as: determining whether the nature of the product engineering costs satisfy the criteria for capitalisation and when this capitalisation should commence; and estimating the value in use of property, plant and equipment and long-life intangible assets. Further detail in respect of the identified fraud risks related to inappropriate capitalisation of product engineering costs and under recognition of impairment charges relating to long-life assets is set out in the key audit matter disclosures in section 2 of this report. In determining the audit procedures we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of the operating effectiveness of the Group-wide fraud risk management controls We also performed procedures including: • Identifying journal entries to test for all relevant full scope components based on risk criteria tailored for the risks at each component and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation. Examples of the criteria applied include those posted by senior finance management, those posted and approved by the same user, and those posted to unusual accounts. • Evaluated the business purpose of significant unusual transactions. • Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias. • Assessing when revenue was recognised, particularly JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 53 –


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT focusing on revenue recognised in the days before and after the year end date, and whether it was recognised in the correct year. Work on the fraud risks was performed by a combination of component auditors and the group audit team. Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our general commercial and sector experience, and through discussion with the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence and discussed with the directors and other management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations. We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout the audit. This included communication from the group to component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations identified at the Group level, and a request for component auditors to report to the group team any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement at group. The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably. Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation, taxation legislation, and pension legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items. Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: product compliance, environmental (including emission targets), health and safety, anti-bribery and employment law (including GDPR) recognising the nature of the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach. Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations. 6. WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THE ANNUAL REPORT The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. Strategic report and directors’ report Based solely on our work on the other information: • we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report; • in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and • in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 7. WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT ON THE OTHER MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or • the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or • certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in these respects. 8. RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES Directors’ responsibilities As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 44, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal controls as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditor’s responsibilities Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 9. THE PURPOSE OF OUR AUDIT WORK AND TO WHOM WE OWE OUR RESPONSIBILITIES This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. Simon Haydn-Jones (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor Chartered Accountants One Snowhill Snow Hill Queensway Birmingham B4 6GH 28 May 2021 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 55 -


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Revenue 5 19,731 22,984 24,214 Material and other cost of sales* 4,6 (12,335) (14,684) (15,670) Employee costs* 4,7 (2,141) (2,568) (2,820) Other expenses* 4,11 (3,589) (5,238) (5,567) Exceptional items 4 (1,523) (29) (3,271) Other income 10 195 174 205 Engineering costs capitalised 12 727 1,369 1,576 Depreciation and amortisation (1,976) (1,910) (2,164) Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments 331 (249) (59) Finance income 13 11 52 35 Finance expense (net) 13 (251) (209) (111) Share of (loss)/profit of equity accounted investments 16 (41) (114) 3 Loss before tax (861) (422) (3,629) Income tax (expense)/credit 15 (239) (47) 308 Loss for the year (1,100) (469) (3,321) Attributable to: Owners of the Company (1,101) (471) (3,325) Non-controlling interests 1 2 4 *‘Material and other cost of sales’, ‘Employee costs’ and ‘Other expenses’ exclude the exceptional items explained in note 4. The notes on pages 60 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND EXPENSE Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 restated* restated* Loss for the year (1,100) (469) (3,321) Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Remeasurement of net defined benefit obligation 33 (751) 983 (270) Income tax related to items that will not be reclassified 15 143 (155) 38 (608) 828 (232) Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges (net) 546 304 (105) Currency translation differences (41) 21 (4) Income tax related to items that may be reclassified 15 (103) (57) 19 402 268 (90) Other comprehensive (expense)/income net of tax (206) 1,096 (322) Total comprehensive (expense)/income attributable to shareholder (1,306) 627 (3,643) Attributable to: Owners of the Company (1,307) 625 (3,647) Non-controlling interests 1 2 4 *See note 2 for details of the restatement The notes on pages 60 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET As at 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Non-current assets Investments in equity accounted investees 16 316 362 477 Other non-current investments 17 22 37 69 Other financial assets 18 341 257 170 Property, plant and equipment 19 6,461 6,814 6,492 Intangible assets 20 5,387 6,278 5,627 Right-of-use assets 37 543 568 -Pension asset 33—408 -Other non-current assets 21 32 23 83 Deferred tax assets 15 397 523 512 Total non-current assets 13,499 15,270 13,430 Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 22 3,778 2,271 2,747 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,004 1,393 1,028 Trade receivables 863 833 1,362 Other financial assets 18 477 383 314 Inventories 24 3,022 3,468 3,608 Other current assets 21 448 477 570 Current tax assets 80 9 10 Total current assets 9,672 8,834 9,639 Total assets 23,171 24,104 23,069 Current liabilities Accounts payable 25 6,308 6,499 7,083 Short-term borrowings 26 1,206 526 881 Other financial liabilities 27 746 1,073 1,042 Provisions 28 ,161 944 988 Other current liabilities 29 638 716 664 Current tax liabilities 100 100 94 Total current liabilities 10,159 9,858 10,752 Non-current liabilities Long-term borrowings 26 4,972 4,817 3,599 Other financial liabilities 27 625 778 310 Provisions 28 1,188 1,355 1,140 Retirement benefit obligation 33 387 28 667 Other non-current liabilities 29 461 533 521 Deferred tax liabilities 15 116 179 101 Total non-current liabilities 7,749 7,690 6,338 Total liabilities 17,908 17,548 17,090 Equity attributable to shareholders Ordinary shares 30 1,501 1,501 1,501 Capital redemption reserve 30 167 167 167 Other reserves 31 3,586 4,880 4,305 Equity attributable to shareholders 5,254 6,548 5,973 Non-controlling interests 9 8 6 Total equity 5,263 6,556 5,979 Total liabilities and equity 23,171 24,104 23,069 The notes on pages 60 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements were approved by the JLR plc Board and authorised for issue on 28 May 2021. They were signed on its behalf by THIERRY BOLLORÉ CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE COMPANY REGISTERED NUMBER: 0647769 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/2 - 57 –


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY Ordinary Capital Other Equity Non- Total (£ millions) shares redemption reserves attributable to controlling equity reserve shareholder interests Balance at 1 April 2020 1,501 167 4,880 6,548 8 6,556 (Loss)/profit for the year — (1,101) (1,101) 1 (1,100) Other comprehensive expense for the year — (206) (206)—(206) Total comprehensive (expense)/ — (1,307) (1,307) 1 (1,306) income Amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory — 16 16—16 Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory — (3) (3)—(3) Balance at 31 March 2021 1,501 167 3,586 5,254 9 5,263 Balance at 1 April 2019 1,501 167 4,305 5,973 6 5,979 Adjustment on initial application of — (23) (23)—(23) IFRS 16 (net of tax) Adjusted balance at 1 April 2019 1,501 167 4,282 5,950 6 5,956 (Loss)/profit for the year — (471) (471) 2 (469) Other comprehensive income for the — 1,096 1,096—1,096 year Total comprehensive income — 625 625 2 627 Amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory — (33) (33)—(33) Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory — 6 6 – 6 Balance at 31 March 2020 1,501 167 4,880 6,548 8 6,556 Balance at 1 April 2018 1,501 167 8,308 9,976 8 9,984 Adjustment on initial application of — (32) (32)—(32) IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 (net of tax) Adjusted balance at 1 April 2018 1,501 167 8,276 9,944 8 9,952 (Loss)/profit for the year — (3,325) (3,325) 4 (3,321) Other comprehensive expense for the year — (322) (322)—(322) Total comprehensive (expense)/— (3,647) (3,647) 4 (3,643) income Amounts removed from hedge reserve — (122) (122)—(122) and recognised in inventory Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and — 23 23—23 recognised in inventory Dividend — (225) (225)—(225) Distribution to non-controlling interest — — (6) (6) Balance at 31 March 2019 1,501 167 4,305 5,973 6 5,979 The notes on pages 60 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Cash flows from operating activities Cash generated from operations 39 2,536 2,399 2,458 Dividends received 16—67 22 Income tax paid (210) (152) (227) Net cash generated from operating activities 2,326 2,314 2,253 Cash flows from investing activities Investment in equity accounted investments (1) (67) -Purchases of other investments (4) (11) (14) Proceeds from sale of other investments 22 —Investment in other restricted deposits (57) (35) (35) Redemption of other restricted deposits 55 31 36 Movements in other restricted deposits (2) (4) 1 Investment in short-term deposits and other investments (3,169) (4,010) (2,437) Redemption of short-term deposits and other investments 3,512 3,659 3,511 Movements in short-term deposits and other investments 343 (351) 1,074 Purchases of property, plant and equipment (1,050) (1,281) (1,590) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 8 1 2 Net cash outflow relating to intangible asset expenditure (799) (1,511) (1,785) Finance income received 14 50 34 Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)—(3) - Net cash used in investing activities (1,469) (3,177) (2,278) Cash flows from financing activities Finance expenses and fees paid (313) (262) (210) Proceeds from issuance of short-term borrowings 919 2 649 Repayment of short-term borrowings (324) (115) (703) Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings 1,034 1,600 1,214 Repayment of long-term borrowings (425) (824) (547) Payments of lease obligations (79) (72) (2) Distributions to non-controlling interests — (3) Dividends paid 32 — (225) Net cash generated from financing activities 812 329 173 Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 1,669 (534) 148 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 22 2,271 2,747 2,626 Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents (162) 58 (27) Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 22 3,778 2,271 2,747 The notes on pages 60 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 59 –


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTES (FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS) 1 Background and operations Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as “the Group” or “JLR”. The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry CV3 4LF, England, United Kingdom. The Company is a subsidiary of Tata Motors Limited, India and acts as an intermediate holding company for the Jaguar Land Rover business. The principal activity during the year was the design, development, manufacture and marketing of high-performance luxury saloons, specialist sports cars and four-wheel-drive off-road vehicles. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in Pound Sterling (GBP) and rounded to the nearest million GBP (£ million) unless otherwise stated. Results for the year ended and as at 31 March 2019 have been disclosed solely for the information of the users. 2 Accounting policies Statement of compliance These consolidated and parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and, therefore, the separate financial statements of the Company do not include the income statement or the statement of comprehensive income of the Company on a stand-alone basis. Basis of preparation The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments, which are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period as explained in the accounting policies below. The balance sheet and accompanying notes as at 31 March 2019 have been disclosed solely for the information of the users. The Group has been presenting gains and losses on effective cash flow hedges of inventory in the statement of other comprehensive income and expense as “not to be reclassified to income statement”. With wider industry practice emerging, clearer guidance now being available and with the present economic situation due to COVID-19, the Group has changed the presentation of these effective cash flow hedges of inventory to “may be reclassified to income statement”, from the year ended 31 March 2021 and accordingly reclassified the comparative amounts for the prior periods. The change in presentation is within the statement of other comprehensive income and expense and does not affect net income. Going concern The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have assessed the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2021, and the projected cash flows of the Group for the period to 30 September 2022 (the ‘Going Concern Assessment Period’ and the ‘Foreseeable Future’). The extension is so as to include the reporting date subsequent to the commencement of the new Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) in July 2020, when the associated liquidity covenant will be tested. The Group has modelled two main scenarios in its assessment of going concern: a base case and a severe but plausible downside scenario. The base case takes into account uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic and near-term supply chain challenges related to global semi-conductor shortages. The severe but plausible downside scenario models the impact of a repeat of the COVID-19 pandemic. Within the Going Concern Assessment Period there is a £1bn liquidity covenant attached to both the UKEF loan and new RCF. The Group forecasts sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due throughout the Going Concern Assessment Period, without breaching any relevant covenants nor the need for any mitigating actions and new funding. Further details on the going concern assessment can be found in the Directors’ Report on page 43. The Directors, after making appropriate enquiries and taking into consideration the risks and uncertainties facing the Group, consider that the Group has adequate financial resources to continue in operational existence throughout the Going Concern Assessment Period, meeting its liabilities as they fall due. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these consolidated and parent company financial statements. Basis of consolidation Subsidiaries The consolidated financial statements include Jaguar Land Rover Automotive plc and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company (a) has power over the investee, (b) is exposed or has rights to variable return from its involvement with the investee and (c) has the ability to to affect those returns through its power to direct relevant activites of the investee. Relevant activites are those activities that significantly affect an entity’s returns. In assessing control, potential voting rights that currently are exercisable are taken into account, as well as other contractual arrangements that may influence control. Intercompany transactions and balances including unrealised profits are eliminated in full on consolidation. Joint ventures and associates (equity accounted investments) A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control of those policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20 and 50 per cent of the voting power of the investee unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case. The results, assets and liabilities of joint ventures and associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting as described below. An interest in an associate or joint venture is accounted for using the equity method from the date the investee becomes an associate or a joint venture and is recognised initially at cost. The carrying value of investment in associates and joint ventures includes goodwill identified on date of acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of profits or losses, other comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted investments, from the date that joint control or significant influence commences until the date that joint control or significant influence ceases. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investment, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term interests in the nature of net investments) is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred constructive or legal obligations or has made payments on behalf of the investee. When the Group transacts with a joint venture or associate of the Group, profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in its joint venture or associate. Dividends are recognised when the right to receive payment is established. Impairment Equity accounted investments: Joint ventures and associates The requirements of IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint ventures are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the Group’s investment in a joint venture or an associate. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (the higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal) with its carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases. Use of estimates and judgements The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Those that are significant to the Group are discussed separately below. Impact of COVID-19 The Group has exercised its judgment in evaluating the impact of COVID-19 on the financial statements in response to the rapidly developing environment during the pandemic. A number of areas have been identified as being relevant for consideration, and are discussed below as part of the Group’s assessment of accounting estimates and judgments, and where required, referenced further within the specific note: • Income taxes, see note 2; • Capitalisation of product engineering costs, see note 2; • Inventory write-down, see note 24; • Residual value risk, see note 28; • Product warranty, see note 28; • Lease payments, see note 37 Judgements In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements: Revenue recognition: The Group uses judgement to determine when control of its goods, primarily vehicles and parts, pass to the customer. This is assessed with reference to indicators of control, including the risks and rewards of ownership and legal title with reference to the underlying terms of the customer contract. Refer to ‘Revenue recognition’ page 62 for further information. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PL Annual Report 2020/21 - 61 –


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Assessment of cash-generating units: The Group has determined that there is one cash-generating unit. This is on the basis that there are no smaller groups of assets that can be identified with certainty that generate specific cash inflows that are independent of the inflows generated by other assets or groups of assets. Refer to note 20 for further information. Alternative performance measures (APMs) and exceptional items: The Group exercises judgement in determining the adjustments to apply to IFRS measurements in order to derive APMs that provide additional useful information on the underlying trends and in classifying items as exceptional items. Refer to notes 3 and 4 for further information. Capitalisation of product engineering costs: The Group applies judgement in determining at what point in a vehicle programme’s life cycle the recognition criteria under IAS 38 are satisfied. Refer to page 67 (internally generated intangible assets) for further information. Deferred tax asset recognition: The extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognised is based on an assessment of the availability of future taxable income against which the deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards can be utilised. The Group has exercised judgement in determining the jurisdictions in which deferred tax assets have not been fully recognised. This has been done based on forecast profitability and historical results of the companies in which the deferred tax assets arise. Refer to page 65 (Income taxes) for further information. Corporate tax uncertainties: Judgement has been exercised in assessing the potential impact of any legal or economic limits or uncertainties in various tax jurisdictions. Estimates and assumptions The areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are as described below. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Significant estimates are those that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year. Other estimates are those that may affect carrying amounts in the longer term. Significant estimates Impairment of intangible and tangible fixed assets: The Group has intangible assets with indefinite lives and therefore tests annually whether intangible and tangible fixed assets have suffered any impairment. Refer to note 20 for further information on the key assumptions and sensitivities used in the testing these assets for impairment. Retirement benefit obligation: The present value of the post-employment benefit obligations depends on a number of factors and assumptions, including discount rate, inflation and mortality assumptions. Refer to note 33 for details of these assumptions and sensitivities. Other estimates Product warranties: refer to page 68 (warranty provisions) for further information. Variable marketing expense: refer to page 63 (sales incentives) for further information. Uncertain tax provisions: refer to page 65 (income taxes) for further information. Impairment in equity accounted investees: refer to page 67 (investments in equity accounted investees) for further information. Restructuring: refer to page 100 (provisions) for further information. Revenue recognition Revenue comprises the consideration earned by the Group in respect of the output of its ordinary activities. It is measured based on the contract price, which is the consideration specified in the contract with the customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, and net of settlement discounts, bonuses, rebates and sales incentives. The Group’s primary customers from the sale of vehicles, parts and accessories are retailers, fleet and corporate customers, and other third-party distributors. The Group recognises revenue when it transfers control of a good or service to a customer, thus evidencing the satisfaction of the associated performance obligation under that contract. As described in note 38, the Group operates with a single automotive reporting segment, principally generating revenue from the sales of vehicles, parts and accessories. The sale of vehicles also can include additional services provided to the customer at the point of sale, for which the vehicle and services are accounted for as separate performance obligations, as they are considered separately identifiable. The contract transaction price is allocated among the identified performance obligations based on their stand-alone selling prices. Where the stand-alone selling price is not readily observable, it is estimated using an appropriate alternative approach. Significant Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, and significant payment terms revenue areas Vehicles, parts, The Group recognises revenue on the sale of vehicles, parts and accessories at the point of “wholesale”, which is determined and accessories by the underlying terms and conditions of the contract with the customer as to when control transfers to them. The principle (and other of control under IFRS 15 considers which party has the ability to direct the use of an asset and to obtain substantially all of the goods) remaining economic benefits. Determining the transfer of control with regards to the sale of goods is primarily driven by: • The point at which the risks and rewards of ownership pass to the customer; • The point at which the customer takes physical possession of the good or product; • The point at which the customer accepts the good or product; • The point at which the Group has a present right to payment for the sale of the good or product; and • The point at which legal title to the good or product transfers to the customer. In the vast majority of cases, the sale of the relevant good is recognised at the point of dispatch (at release to the carrier responsible for transportation to the customer) or the point of delivery to the customer. In some instances, revenue may be recognised on a bill-and-hold basis where vehicles, for example, are sold to the customer but are retained in the Group’s possession at a vehicle holding compound on behalf of the customer ahead of being physically transferred to them at a future time. Such arrangements meet the criteria for bill-and-hold arrangements under IFRS 15 to ensure that the customer has obtained the ultimate control of the product when revenue is recognised. The reason for the bill-and-hold is substantive (as the customer requests JLR to retain possession, usually due to a lack of available space at their own premises), the vehicles are identifiable as separately belonging to the customer (on the basis that each vehicle has a unique Vehicle Identification Number), the vehicle must be ready for physical transfer to the customer (which it is, given that it is fully built and safety-checked off the manufacturing line) and the Group does not have the ability to use the vehicle or direct it elsewhere. The Group operates with financing partners across the world that provide wholesale financing arrangements to the retail network for vehicle sales, which enables cash settlement to occur immediately (usually within two working days) for purchases from the Group. For the sale of parts and accessories, the Group typically receives payment in line with the invoice payment terms stipulated and agreed with its customers, which are usually 30 days. Sales incentives The costs associated with providing sales support and incentives (variable marketing expense) are considered to be variable components of consideration, thus reducing the amount of revenue recognised by the Group. Under IFRS 15, the Group ensures that variable consideration is recognised to the extent of the amount to which it expects to be entitled. To meet this principle, the Group constrains its estimate of variable consideration to include amounts only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the associated uncertainty associated is subsequently resolved. The Group estimates the expected sales incentive by market and considers uncertainties including competitor pricing, ageing of dealer stock and local market conditions. The constraint on variable consideration is estimated with reference to historical accuracy, current market conditions and a prospective assessment considering relevant geopolitical factors, including global stock positions for both the Group and its third party dealer network reflecting the pipeline of vehicle inventory for sale to end customers. Variable consideration received for contracts with multiple performance obligations is allocated to all such obligations only when applicable. For example, with the sale of a vehicle, the cost of the incentive provided is allocated entirely to the vehicle as its purpose is to incentivise the sale of the vehicle rather than support any additional obligations. Scheduled Scheduled maintenance contracts sold with a vehicle provide the end customer with the benefit of bringing their vehicle to a maintenance dealership for the routine maintenance required to maintain compliance for warranty purposes. Contracts The majority of plans sold by the Group are complimentary with the vehicle, thus payment is received at the same time as the proceeds from the vehicle sale, at which point the amount is recognised as a contract liability based on the stand-alone selling price, which is measured using a cost-plus approach. Revenue is recognised based on the expected performance of the services from the point of a vehicle being retailed to an end customer and aligned to the expected costs to fulfil those services based on historical information. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 - 63 -


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Significant Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, and significant payment terms revenue areas Telematics Telematics features provide a service to the customer typically aligned to the warranty period of the vehicle, allowing a vehicle to connect and interact with an end customer’s mobile phone. The Group typically receives payment relating to telematics features at the same time as the proceeds from the vehicle sale, at which point the amount is recognised as a contract liability based on the stand-alone selling price. For optional features, this is measured at the observable option price and for standard-fit features is measured using a cost-plus basis. The stand-alone selling price for telematics subscription renewals is measured at the renewal price offered to the customer. Revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the service from the point of the vehicle being retailed to an end customer in line with the expected costs to fulfil those services. Warranty Vehicles and parts sold by the Group include a standard warranty to guarantee the vehicle complies with agreed-upon considerations specifications for a defined period of time. Where the warranty offering to the end customer exceeds the standard market as a service expectation for similar products, or provides a service in excess of the assurance that the agreed-upon specification is met, the Group considers this to constitute a service to the end customer and therefore a separate performance obligation. Revenue is recognised in the period to which the warranty service relates, up to which point it is recognised as a contract liability. Repurchase Some contracts with customers include an option or obligation for the Group to repurchase the product sold (including arrangements repurchasing a product originally sold as part of an amended product). Such instances are common in the Group’s arrangements with third-party fleet customers or in contract manufacturing arrangements that the Group is party to. The Group does not recognise revenue on the original sale, as it retains ultimate control of that product. The related inventory continues to be recognised on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. The consideration received from the customer is treated as a liability. Nuances in the accounting treatment depend on whether the contractual repurchase price is less than, more than or equal to the original sale price, resulting in treatment as a lease or a financing arrangement. Revenue recognised under such arrangements is outside of the scope of IFRS 15 and instead is recognised in line with IFRS 16 Leases. Revenue relating to the good or product is recognised when it is sold by the Group with no repurchase obligation or option attached. Returns Vehicle sales do not typically include allowances for returns or refunds, although in some markets there is legislative requirement obligations, for Jaguar Land Rover as an automotive manufacturer to repurchase or reacquire a vehicle if quality issues arise that have been refunds and remedied a number of times and where the owner no longer wishes to own the vehicle as a result. similar obligations Cost recognition Costs and expenses are recognised when incurred and are classified according to their nature. Expenditures are capitalised, where appropriate, in accordance with the policy for internally generated intangible assets and represent employee costs, stores and other manufacturing supplies, and other expenses incurred for product development undertaken by the Group. Material and other cost of sales as reported in the consolidated income statement is presented net of the impact of realised foreign exchange relating to derivatives hedging cost exposures. Government Grants and Incentives Government grants are recognised when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the relevant conditions and the grant will be received. Government grants are recognised in the consolidated income statement, either on a systematic basis when the Group recognises, as expenses, the related costs that the grants are intended to compensate or, immediately, if the costs have already been incurred. Government grants related to assets are deducted from the cost of the asset and amortised over the useful life of the asset. Government grants related to income are presented as an offset against the related expenditure, and government grants that are awarded as incentives with no ongoing performance obligations to the Group are recognised as other income in the period in which the grant is received. Sales tax incentives received from governments are recognised in the consolidated income statement at the reduced tax rate, and revenue is reported net of these sales tax incentives. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 Foreign currency The Company has a functional currency of GBP. The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is GBP. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences are recognised in the consolidated income statement as “Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments”. For the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations (non-GBP functional currency) are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity. Income taxes Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxes. Income tax expense is recognised in the consolidated income statement, except when related to items that are recognised outside of profit or loss (whether in other comprehensive income or directly in equity) or where related to the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination. Current income taxes are determined based on respective taxable income of each taxable entity and tax rules applicable for respective tax jurisdictions. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and unutilised business loss and depreciation carry-forwards and tax credits. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed separately for each taxable entity and for each taxable jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses, depreciation carry-forwards and unused tax credits could be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. The extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognised is based on an assessment of the probability that future taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards can be utilised. Tax provisions are recognised for uncertain tax positions where a risk of an additional tax liability has been identified and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that tax. Measurement is dependent on management’s expectations of the outcome of decisions by tax authorities in the various tax jurisdictions in which the Group operates. This is assessed on a case-by-case basis using in-house experts, professional firms and previous experience. Where no provision is required the exposure is disclosed as a contingent liability in note 34 unless the likelihood of an outflow of economic benefits is remote. Judgement is required in assessing the impact of any legal or economic limits or uncertainties in various tax jurisdictions. No additional current tax risks were identified as a result of COVID-19, with the Group’s compliance activity continuing to be operated in accordance with the applicable legislation. Exceptional items Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the consolidated income statement and excluded from adjusted EBIT and adjusted EBITDA measures to enhance the reader’s understanding of the performance of the Group by excluding items that would otherwise distort reporting of the Group’s performance due to their size or nature. The Group considers qualitative and quantitative factors to determine whether a transaction or event is exceptional, including the expected size and frequency of the transaction or event, and any precedent for similar items in previous years. Items that are considered exceptional may include the following: • Costs associated with significant restructuring events; • Impairments or reversals of impairments arising from an impairment assessment of the Group’s cash-generating unit in accordance with IAS 36; • Defined benefit past service costs or credits arising from scheme amendments; and • Costs associated with provisions and related reversals arising from a significant one-off event not in the normal course of business. Further details of exceptional items are given in note 4. -65-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Property, plant and equipment Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment, if any. Land is not depreciated. Cost includes purchase price, non-recoverable taxes and duties, labour cost and direct overheads for self-constructed assets and other direct costs incurred up to the date the asset is ready for its intended use. Interest cost incurred for constructed assets is capitalised up to the date the asset is ready for its intended use, based on borrowings incurred specifically for financing the asset or the weighted average rate of all other borrowings, if no specific borrowings have been incurred for the asset. Depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows: Class of property, plant and equipment    Estimated useful life (years) Buildings    20 to 40 Plant, equipment and leased assets    3 to 30 Vehicles    3 to 10 Computers    3 to 6 Fixtures and fittings    3 to 20 The depreciation for property, plant and equipment with finite useful lives is reviewed at least at each year end. Changes in expected useful lives are treated as changes in accounting estimates. Assets held under leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, the term of the relevant lease. Freehold land is measured at cost and is not depreciated. Residual values are reassessed on an annual basis. Depreciation is not recorded on assets under construction until construction and installation are complete and the asset is ready for its intended use. Assets under construction include capital advances. Depreciation is not recorded on heritage assets as the Group considers their residual value to approximate their cost. An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or when it is withdrawn from use and no future economic benefits are expected from its disposal. Any gain or loss arising from derecognition is included in profit or loss. Intangible Assets Acquired intangible assets Intangible assets purchased, including those acquired in business combinations, are measured at acquisition cost, which is the fair value on the date of acquisition, where applicable, less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment, if any. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed annually to determine whether an indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis. For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the acquired intangible assets as per the estimated amortisation periods below: Class of intangible asset Estimated amortisation period (years) Software 2 to 8 Patents and technological know-how 2 to 12 Customer related – retailer network 20 Intellectual property rights and other intangibles 3 to indefinite The amortisation for intangible assets with finite useful lives is reviewed at least at each year end. Changes in expected useful lives are treated as changes in accounting estimates. Capital work-in-progress includes capital advances. Customer-related intangibles acquired in a business combination consist of dealer networks. Intellectual property rights and other intangibles mainly consist of brand names, which are considered to have indefinite lives due to the longevity of the brands. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 Internally generated intangible assets Research costs are charged to the consolidated income statement in the year in which they are incurred. Product engineering costs incurred on new vehicle platforms, engines, transmission and new products are recognised as intangible assets – when feasibility has been established, the Group has committed technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and it is probable that the asset will generate future economic benefits. The costs capitalised include the cost of materials, direct labour and directly attributable overhead expenditure incurred up to the date the asset is available for use. Interest cost incurred is capitalised up to the date the asset is ready for its intended use, based on borrowings incurred specifically for financing the asset or the weighted average rate of all other borrowings, if no specific borrowings have been incurred for the asset. Product engineering cost is amortised over the life of the related product, being a period of between two and ten years. Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment loss, if any. Amortisation is not recorded on product engineering in progress until development is complete. The Group undertakes significant levels of research and development activity, and for each vehicle programme a periodic review is undertaken. The Group applies judgement in determining at what point in a vehicle programme’s life cycle the recognition criteria under IAS 38 are satisfied and estimates the proportion of central overhead allocated. If a later point had been used then this would have had the impact of reducing the amounts capitalised as product engineering costs. If central overheads had not been allocated it would have reduced the amount capitalised by £80 million (2020: £117 million, 2019: £146 million). The Group reviewed its methodology in line with the applicable accounting standards to ensure it continues to meet the criteria for capitalising such costs in an environment impacted by COVID-19 to assess that the incremental benefits expected continue to exceed the associated costs. Impairment Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that any property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives may be impaired. If any such impairment indicator exists, the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to determine the extent of impairment, if any. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, or earlier if there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of sale and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset (or cash generating unit) for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. An asset or (cash-generating unit) impaired in prior years is reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of a reversal of impairment loss recognised in prior years. An annual review of the carrying value of heritage assets is performed as the assets are held at cost and not depreciated. Any write-down in the carrying value of heritage assets is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. Equity accounted investments: Joint ventures and associates When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases. Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of up to three months that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Inventories Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs of raw materials and consumables are ascertained on a first-in, first-out basis. Costs, including fixed and variable production overheads, are allocated to work-in-progress and finished goods, determined on a full absorption cost basis. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated cost of completion and selling expenses. Inventories include vehicles sold subject to repurchase arrangements. These vehicles are carried at cost to the Group and are amortised in changes in stocks and work-in-progress to their residual values (i.e. estimated second-hand sale value) over the term of the arrangement. -67-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Provisions A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. When the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Provisions are held for product warranty, legal and product liabilities, residual risks, environmental liabilities, other employee benefit obligations and restructuring as detailed in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements. Warranty provisions The Group provides product warranties on all new vehicle sales. Provisions are generally recognised when vehicles are sold or when new warranty programmes are initiated. Based on historical warranty claim experience, assumptions have to be made on the type and extent of future warranty claims and customer goodwill (representing the Group’s constructive obligation to its customers when managing those warranty claims), as well as on possible recall campaigns. These assessments are based on experience of the frequency and extent of vehicle faults and defects in the past. In addition, the estimates also include assumptions on the amounts of potential repair costs per vehicle and the effects of possible time or mileage limits. The provisions are regularly adjusted to reflect new information. The Group also has back-to-back contractual arrangements with its suppliers in the event that a vehicle fault is proven to be a supplier’s fault. Estimates are made of the expected reimbursement claims based upon historical levels of recoveries by supplier, adjusted for inflation and applied to the population of vehicles under warranty at the balance sheet date. Supplier reimbursement claims are presented as separate assets within “Other financial assets” in note 18. The Group notes that changes in the automotive environment regarding the increasing impact of battery electric vehicles presents its own significant challenges, particularly due to the lack of historical data available at this time to help inform estimates for future warranty claims, as well as any associated recoveries from suppliers due to such claims. The related provisions are therefore made with the Group’s best estimate at this time to settle such obligations in the future but will be required to be continually refined as sufficient, real-world data becomes available. Supplier recoveries are recognised only when the Group considers there to be virtual certainty over the reimbursement, which also requires historical evidence to support. Long-Term Incentive Plan (“ LTIP” ) The Group operated a share-based payment LTIP arrangement for certain employees. The scheme provided a cash payment to the employee based on a specific number of phantom shares at grant date and the share price of Tata Motors Limited at the vesting date, subject to profitability and employment conditions. These were accounted for as cash-settled arrangements, whereby a liability was recognised at fair value at the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes model. At each balance sheet date, until the liability was settled, the fair value of the liability was remeasured, with any corresponding changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated income statement. Employee benefits Pension schemes The Group operates several defined benefit (‘DB’) pension plans; these include two large and one smaller defined benefit plan in the UK. The UK DB plans are administered by a separate trustee, the assets of the plans are generally held in separate funds selected and overseen by the trustee. These plans were contracted out of the state second pension (S2P) scheme until 5 April 2016. The plans provide benefits for members including a monthly pension after retirement based on salary and service as set out in the rules of each plan. Contributions to the plans by the Group take into consideration the results of actuarial valuations. The UK defined benefit plans were closed to new joiners in April 2010. The Group also operates a number of small benefit arrangements worldwide (the liabilities for these amount to around 0.5% of the Group total). For defined benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial updates being carried out at the end of each reporting period. Defined benefit costs are split into four categories: • Current service cost, past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements; • Net interest cost; • Administrative expenses; and • Remeasurements. Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling and the return on plan assets (excluding interest) is recognised immediately in the consolidated balance sheet with a charge or credit to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the statement of comprehensive income is not recycled. Past service cost, including curtailment gains and losses, is generally recognised in profit or loss in the period of plan JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the period to the net defined benefit liability, adjusted for expected cashflows during the period. From the year ending 31 March 2020, at the point a past service cost is incurred re-measurement of the income statement cost is considered and will be re-calculated if there is a material change. The Group presents these defined benefit costs within “Employee costs” in the consolidated income statement (see note 7). Separate defined contribution plans are available to all other employees of the Group. Costs in respect of these plans are charged to the consolidated income statement as incurred. Post-retirement Medicare scheme Under these unfunded schemes, employees of some subsidiaries receive medical benefits subject to certain limits of amount, periods after retirement and types of benefits, depending on their grade and location at the time of retirement. Employees separated from the Group as part of an early separation scheme, on medical grounds or due to permanent disablement, may also be covered under the scheme. The applicable subsidiaries (and therefore, the Group) account for the liability for the post-retirement medical scheme based on an annual actuarial valuation where appropriate. Actuarial gains and losses Actuarial gains and losses relating to retirement benefit plans are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they arise. Measurement date The measurement date of all retirement plans is 31 March. Financial instruments Recognition and derecognition A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. Financial instruments are recognised on the balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss. When a financial instrument is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss in equity (if any) is transferred to the consolidated income statement unless it was an equity instrument electively held at fair value through other comprehensive income. In this case, any cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to retained earnings. Financial assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. The Group reviews the facts and circumstances around each asset before making a determination. Financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities. Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or has expired. Initial measurement Initially, a financial instrument is recognised at its fair value. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial instruments are recognised in determining the carrying amount, if it is not classified as at fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs of financial instruments carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Subsequently, financial instruments are measured according to the category in which they are classified. Classification and measurement – financial assets Classification of financial assets is based on the business model in which the instruments are held as well as the characteristics of their contractual cash flows. The business model is based on management’s intentions and past pattern of transactions. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. The Group reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. Financial assets are classified into three categories: Financial assets at amortised cost are non-derivative financial assets with contractual cash flows that consist solely of payments of principal and interest and which are held with the intention of collecting those contractual cash flows. Subsequently, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less impairment losses, if any. These include cash and cash equivalents, contract assets, finance receivables and other financial assets. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are non-derivative financial assets with contractual cash flows that consist solely of payments of principal and interest and which are held with the intention of collecting those contractual cash flows as well as to sell the financial asset. Subsequently, these are measured at fair value, with unrealised gains or losses being recognised in other comprehensive income apart from any expected credit losses or foreign exchange gains or losses, which are recognised in profit or loss. This category can also include financial assets that are equity instruments which have been irrevocably designated at initial recognition as fair value through other comprehensive income. For these assets, there is -69-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS no expected credit loss recognised in profit or loss. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets with contractual cash flows that do not consist solely of payments of principal and interest. This category includes derivatives, embedded derivatives separated from the host contract and investments in certain convertible loan notes. Subsequently, these are measured at fair value, with unrealised gains or losses being recognised in profit or loss, with the exception of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship, for which hedge accounting is applied. Classification and measurement – financial liabilities Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost unless they meet the specific criteria to be recognised at fair value through profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include derivatives and embedded derivatives separated from the host contract as well as financial liabilities held for trading. Subsequent to initial recognition, these are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognised in profit or loss. Embedded derivatives relating to prepayment options on senior notes are not considered as closely related and are separately accounted unless the exercise price of these options is approximately equal on each exercise date to either the amortised cost of the senior notes or the present value of the lost interest for the remaining term of the senior notes. Impairment The Group recognises a loss allowance in profit or loss for expected credit losses on financial assets held at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income. Expected credit losses are forward looking and are measured in a way that is unbiased and represents a probability-weighted amount, takes into account the time value of money (values are discounted using the applicable effective interest rate) and uses reasonable and supportable information. Lifetime expected credit losses are calculated for assets that were deemed credit impaired at initial recognition or have subsequently become credit impaired as well as those where credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. The Group adopts the simplified approach to apply lifetime expected credit losses to trade receivables and contract assets. Where credit risk is deemed low at the reporting date or to have not increased significantly, credit losses for the next 12 months are calculated. Credit risk is determined to have increased significantly when the probability of default increases. Such increases are relative and assessment may include external ratings (where available) or other information such as past due payments. Historic data and forward-looking information are both considered. Objective evidence for a significant increase in credit risk may include where payment is overdue by 90 or more days as well as other information about significant financial difficulties of the borrower. Equity instruments An equity instrument is any contract that evidences residual interests in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value; however, where a quoted market price in an active market is not available, equity instruments are measured at cost (investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading). The Group has not elected to account for these investments at fair value through other comprehensive income. Determination of fair value Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price. In estimating the fair value of an asset or liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group determines the fair value of financial instruments that are quoted in active markets using the quoted bid prices (financial assets held) or quoted ask prices (financial liabilities held) and using valuation techniques for other instruments. Valuation techniques include the discounted cash flow method and other valuation models. Hedge accounting The Group uses foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency options and borrowings denominated in foreign currency to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations relating to highly probable forecast transactions. The Group designates these foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency options and borrowings denominated in foreign currency in a cash flow hedging relationship. The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to convert some of its foreign currency denominated fixed-rate borrowings to GBP floating-rate borrowings. Hedge accounting is applied using both fair value and cash flow hedging relationships. The designated risks are foreign currency and interest rate risks. Derivative contracts are stated at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet at each reporting date. At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instrument are expected to offset changes in the JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 cash flows of the hedged item. The Group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedging transactions. The Group designates only the intrinsic value of foreign exchange options in the hedging relationship. The Group designates amounts excluding foreign currency basis spread in the hedging relationship for both foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency interest rate swaps. Changes in the fair value of the derivative contracts that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within other comprehensive income (net of tax), and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. Changes in both the time value of foreign exchange options and foreign currency basis spread of foreign exchange forwards and cross-currency interest rate swaps are recognised in other comprehensive income (net of tax) in the cost of hedging reserve to the extent that they relate to the hedged item (the “aligned” value). Changes in the fair value of contracts that are designated in a fair value hedge are taken to the consolidated income statement. They offset the change in fair value, attributable to the hedged risks, of the borrowings designated as the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the consolidated income statement in the periods in which the forecast transactions affect profit or loss or as an adjustment to a non-financial item (e.g. inventory) when that item is recognised on the balance sheet. These deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in profit or loss as the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example through cost of goods sold). If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss in equity, including deferred costs of hedging, is immediately transferred and recognised in the consolidated income statement. Leases At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether: • The contract involves the use of an identified asset – this may be specified explicitly or implicitly, and should be physically distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive substitution right, then the asset is not identified; • The Group has the right to substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the asset throughout the period of use; and • The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision making rights that are most relevant to changing how and for what purposes the asset is used. In rare cases where the decision about how and for what purpose the asset is used is predetermined, the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset if either: • The Group has the right to operate the asset; or • The Group designed the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purposes it will be used. At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises of the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is allocated, less any lease incentives received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the useful life of the leased asset and the expected lease term. If ownership of the leased asset is automatically transferred at the end of the lease term or the exercise of a purchase option is reflected in the lease payments, the right-of-use asset is amortised on a straight-line basis over the expected useful like of the leased asset. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as a discount rate. The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments. The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low value assets. The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease payments include fixed payments, i.e. amounts expected to be payable by the Company under residual value guarantee, the exercise price of a purchase option and lease payments in relation to lease extension option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise purchase or extension options and payment of penalties for terminating the lease if the lease term considered reflects that the Company shall exercise termination option. -71-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Group applies the practical expedient to not assess whether rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic that meet the following conditions are lease modifications: • The change in lease payments results in revised consideration that is substantially the same, or less than the consideration for the lease immediately preceding the change; • Any reduction in lease payments affects only payments originally due on or before 30 June 2021; and • There no substantive change to other terms and conditions of the lease. Changes to lease payments for such leases are accounted for as if they are not lease modifications. The comparative information for the year ending 31 March 2019 is accounted for under Group’s previous lease accounting policies in accordance with IAS 17 Leases. The related policies are set out below. At the inception of a lease, the lease arrangement is classified as either a finance lease or an operating lease, based on the contractual terms and substance of the lease arrangement. Assets taken on finance lease A finance lease is recognised as an asset and a liability at the commencement of the lease, at the lower of the fair value of the asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Initial direct costs, if any, are also capitalised and, subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each year during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Assets taken on operating lease Leases other than finance leases are operating leases, and the leased assets are not recognised on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease in “Other expenses”. New accounting policy pronouncements (a) Standards, revisions and amendments to standards and interpretations not significant to the Jaguar Land Rover Group and applied for the first time in the fiscal year ending 31 March 2021 The following amendments and interpretations have been adopted by the Group in the year ending 31 March 2021. • Amendments to references to the conceptual framework in IFRS standards; • Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors – Definition of material; • Amendments to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Interest rate benchmark reform; and • Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations – Definition of a business • Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases – COVID-19 related rent concessions. The adoption of these amendments and interpretations has not had a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. (b) Standards, revisions and amendments to standards and interpretations not yet effective and not yet adopted by the Group The following pronouncement, issued by the IASB and endorsed by the UK, is not yet effective and has not yet been adopted by the Group. This amendment is effective for annual report periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. • Amendments to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Interest rate benchmark reform phase 2. The Group is currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on the consolidated financial statements. (c) Standards, revisions and amendments to standards and interpretations not yet endorsed by the UK and not yet adopted by the Group The following pronouncements, issued by the IASB, have not yet been endorsed by the UK, are not yet effective and have not yet been adopted by the Group. • IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts; • Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – Classification of liabilities as current or non-current; • Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations – Reference to the conceptual framework; • Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before intended use; • Amendments to IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets – Onerous contracts – cost of fulfilling a contract; JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 • Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – disclosure of accounting policies; • Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors – definition of accounting estimates; • Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases – COVID-19 related rent concessions beyond 30 June 2021; and • Annual improvements to IFRS standards 2018-2020 cycle. The Group is currently assessing the impact of these pronouncements on the consolidated financial statements. 3 Alternative Performance Measures In reporting financial information, the Group presents alternative performance measures (“APMs”) that are not defined or specified under the requirements of IFRS. The Group believes that these APMs, which are not considered to be a substitute for or superior to IFRS measures, provide stakeholders with additional helpful information on the performance of the business. The APMs used within this Annual Report are defined below. Alternative performance Definition measure Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit before: income tax expense; exceptional items; finance expense (net of capitalised interest) and finance income; gains/losses on debt and unrealised derivatives, realised derivatives entered into for the purpose of hedging debt, and equity or debt investments held at fair value; foreign exchange gains/losses on other assets and liabilities, including short-term deposits and cash and cash equivalents; share of profit/loss from equity accounted investments; depreciation and amortisation. Adjusted EBIT Adjusted EBIT is defined as for adjusted EBITDA but including share of profit/loss from equity accounted investments, depreciation and amortisation. Profit/(loss) before tax and Profit/(loss) before tax excluding exceptional items. exceptional items Free cash flow Net cash generated from operating activities less net cash used in automotive investing activities, excluding investments in consolidated entities and movements in financial investments, and after finance expenses and fees paid. Financial investments are those reported as cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and other Investments, and equity or debt investments held at fair value. Total product and other investment Cash used in the purchase of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, investments in equity accounted investments and other trading investments, acquisition of subsidiaries and expensed research and development costs.. Working capital Changes in assets and liabilities as presented in note 39. This comprises movements in assets and liabilities excluding movements relating to financing or investing cash flows or non-cash items that are not included in adjusted EBIT or adjusted EBITDA. Total cash and cash equivalents, Defined as cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and other investments, marketable securities deposits and investments and any other items defined as cash and cash equivalents in accordance with IFRS. Available liquidity Defined as total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments plus committed undrawn credit facilities. Net debt Total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments less total interest-bearing loans and borrowings. Retail sales Jaguar Land Rover retail sales represent vehicle sales made by dealers to end customers and include the sale of vehicles produced by our Chinese joint venture, Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. Wholesales Wholesales represent vehicle sales made to retailers or other external customers. The Group recognises revenue on wholesales. The Group uses adjusted EBITDA as an APM to review and measure the underlying profitability of the Group on an ongoing basis for comparability as it recognises that increased capital expenditure year on year will lead to a corresponding increase in depreciation and amortisation expense recognised within the consolidated income statement. The Group uses adjusted EBIT as an APM to review and measure the underlying profitability of the Group on an ongoing basis as this excludes volatility on unrealised foreign exchange transactions. Due to the significant level of debt and currency derivatives held, unrealised foreign exchange can distort the financial performance of the Group from one period to another. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the definitions of adjusted EBIT and adjusted EBITDA were amended to exclude foreign exchange gains and losses on revaluation of other assets and liabilities, including short-term deposits and cash and cash equivalents. The Group considers the amended APM to better measure the underlying operational profitability of the Group, and is consistent with the treatment of the revaluation of other balance sheet items such as that of debt and unrealised hedges. It also recognises that the Group may use cash and/or derivatives to hedge debt and/or working capital balance sheet -73-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS exposures and therefore it is logical to present gains or losses on revaluation of all such items consistently, excluded from EBITDA. This is also consistent with the Group’s definition of Free Cash Flow. Adjusted EBIT for the years ended 31 March 2020 and 2019 prior to the change was £(24) million and £(180) million respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended 31 March 2020 and 2019 prior to the change was £2,000 million and £1,981 million respectively. Free cash flow is considered by the Group to be a key measure in assessing and understanding the total operating performance of the Group and to identify underlying trends. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the definition of ‘Free cash flow’ was amended to exclude non-automotive investments and net investments in equity and debt investments held at fair value, which are deemed more financial investment in nature. The definition was also amended to exclude foreign exchange gains/ losses on short-term deposits and cash and cash equivalents, therefore ensuring more consistent treatment since revaluation of other current assets and liabilities is already excluded. The Group considers these changes should provide greater clarity of Free Cash Flow more closely aligned to JLR’s competitors hence providing improved comparability for users of the APM. Free cash flow for years ended 31 March 2020 and 2019 prior to the change was £(702) million and £(1,265) million respectively. Total product and other investment is considered by the Group to be a key measure in assessing cash invested in the development of future new models and infrastructure supporting the growth of the Group. Working capital is considered by the Group to be a key measure in assessing short-term assets and liabilities that are expected to be converted into cash within the next 12-month period. Total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments and available liquidity are measures used by the Group to assess liquidity and the availability of funds for future spend and investment. Exceptional items are defined in note 4. Reconciliations between these alternative performance measures and statutory reported measures are shown below and on the next page. Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 restated* 2019 restated* Adjusted EBITDA 2,531 2,050 1,994 Depreciation and amortisation (1,976) (1,910) (2,164) Share of (loss)/profit of equity accounted investments 16 (41) (114) 3 Adjusted EBIT 514 26 (167) Foreign exchange gain/(loss) on derivatives 14 14 15 (31) Unrealised gain/(loss) on commodities 14 137 (78) (34) Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments on loans 14 314 (135) (45) Foreign exchange (loss)/gain on economic hedges of loans 14 (143) 29 (18) Foreign exchange gain/(loss) on balance sheet, cash and depsoits revaluation 14 64 (50) (13) Finance income 13 11 52 35 Finance expense (net) 13 (251) (209) (111) Fair value gain/(loss) on equity investments 14 2 (43) 26 Profit/(loss) before tax and exceptional items 662 (393) (358) Exceptional items 4 (1,523) (29) (3,271) Loss before tax (861) (422) (3,629) *Comparative information has been restated for the change in definition explained above. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 Free cash flow Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 restated* restated* Net cash generated from operating activities 2,326 2,314 2,253 Purchases of property, plant and equipment (1,050) (1,281) (1,590) Net cash outflow relating to intangible asset expenditure (799) (1,511) (1,785) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 8 1 2 Investment in equity accounted investees (1) (67) - Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired) - (3) - Finance expenses and fees paid (313) (262) (210) Finance income received 14 50 34 Free cash flow 185 (759) (1,296) *Comparative information has been restated for the change in definition explained on the previous pages. Total product and other investments Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Purchases of property, plant and equipment 1,050 1,281 1,590 Net cash outflow relating to intangible asset expenditure 799 1,511 1,785 Engineering costs expensed 12 489 421 421 Investment in equity accounted investees 1 67 - Purchases of other investments 4 11 14 Acquisition of subsidiary (net of cash acquired) - 3 - Total product and other investments 2,343 3,294 3,810 Total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments As at (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Cash and cash equivalents 3,778 2,271 2,747 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,004 1,393 1,028 Total cash and cash equivalents, deposits and investments 4,782 3,664 3,775 Available liquidity As at 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Cash and cash equivalents 3,778 2,271 2,747 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,004 1,393 1,028 Committed undrawn credit facilities 26 1,938 1,935 1,935 Available liquidity 6,720 5,599 5,710 Net debt As at (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Cash and cash equivalents 3,778 2,271 2,747 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,004 1,393 1,028 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (6,697) (5,884) (4,511) Net debt (1,915) (2,220) (736) Retail and wholesales Year ended 31 March (units) 2021 2020 2019 Retail sales 439,588 508,659 578,915 Wholesales 347,632 475,952 507,895
-75-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 4 Exceptional items The exceptional items recognised in the year ended 31 March 2021 comprise: • Asset write-downs of £952 million in relation to models cancelled under the Group’s Reimagine strategy. See notes 19 and 20. • Restructuring costs of £562 million comprising: • Costs of £534 million resulting from the Group’s Reimagine strategy comprising accruals to settle legal obligations on work performed to date and provisions for redundancies and other third party obligations. See note 28. Included within the restructuring costs is a defined benefit past service cost of £7 million. See note 33. • Costs of £28 million resulting from a separate redundancy programme during the year. See note 28. • An update of £9 million to the past service cost recognised due to the requirement to equalise male and female members’ benefits for the inequalities within guaranteed minimum pension (‘GMP’) earned between 17 May 1990 and 5 April 1997 based on new information. See note 33. The exceptional item recognised in the year ended 31 March 2020 comprises restructuring costs of £29 million relating to the Group restructuring programme that commenced during the year ended 31 March 2019. This included a past service pension cost of £4 million. The exceptional items recognised in the year ended 31 March 2019 comprise: • An impairment charge of £3,105 million for the year ended 31 March 2019 following an impairment exercise undertaken in accordance with IAS 36. Further details are given in note 20; • Restructuring costs of £149 million relating to a Group restructuring programme announced and carried out during the year ended 31 March 2019, this included a past service pension cost of £25 million; and • A past service cost of £17 million following a High Court ruling in October 2018 that pension schemes are required to equalise male and female members’ benefits for the inequalities within guaranteed minimum pension (“GMP”) earned between 17 May 1990 and 5 April 1997. The Group historically made no allowance for GMP equalisation and therefore considered the change to be a plan amendment. Further details are given in note 33. The tables below set out the exceptional items recorded in the years ended 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019 and the impact on the consolidated income statement if these items were not disclosed separately as exceptional items. Employee Material and Year ended 31 March 2021 (£ millions) Note Other expenses costs other cost of sales Excluding exceptional items 3,589 2,141 12,335 Restructuring costs - asset write-downs 952 - - Restructuring costs - employee and third party obligations 252 116 194 Pension past service cost 33 - 9 - Including exceptional items 4,793 2,266 12,529 Year ended 31 March 2020 (£ millions) Other expenses Employee costs Excluding exceptional items 5,238 2,568 Restructuring costs (3) 32 Including exceptional items 5,235 2,600 Employee Year ended 31 March 2019 (£ millions) Note Other expenses costs Excluding exceptional items 5,567 2,820 Impairment 19,20 3,105 - Restructuring costs 5 144 Pension past service cost 33 - 17 Including exceptional items 8,677 2,981 Included in “Income tax (expense)/credit” in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 March 2021 is a credit in respect of exceptional items of £6 million (2020: credit of £6 million, 2019: credit of £278 million). JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 5 Revenue The Group’s revenues are summarised as follows: Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Revenue recognised for sales of vehicles, parts and accessories 18,775 22,436 23,885 Revenue recognised for services transferred 314 306 249 Revenue - other 753 807 950 Total revenue from contracts with customers 19,842 23,549 25,084 Realised revenue hedges (111) (565) (870) Total revenue 19,731 22,984 24,214 “Revenue – other” includes sales of goods other than vehicles, parts and accessories. Revenue disaggregation The following table presents the Group’s revenue, disaggregated by primary geographical market, timing of revenue recognition and major product categories. All revenue is generated from the Group’s single automotive operating segment. Rest of Rest of Total Year ended 31 March 2021 (£ millions) UK US China Europe World Revenue Revenue recognised for sales of vehicles, parts and accessories 3,008 4,663 4,546 3,551 3,007 18,775 Revenue recognised for services transferred 126 95 5 10 78 314 Revenue - other 656 3 85 2 7 753 Total revenue from contracts with customers 3,790 4,761 4,636 3,563 3,092 19,842 Realised revenue hedges - (97) (75) - 61 (111) Total revenue 3,790 4,664 4,561 3,563 3,153 19,731 Year ended 31 March 2020 (£ millions) UK US China Rest of Rest of Total Europe World Revenue Revenue recognised for sales of vehicles, parts and accessories 3,875 5,889 3,374 4,745 4,553 22,436 Revenue recognised for services transferred 63 91 75 11 66 306 Revenue - other 786 4 5 1 11 807 Total revenue from contracts with customers 4,724 5,984 3,454 4,757 4,630 23,549 Realised revenue hedges - (370) (166) - (29) (565) Total revenue 4,724 5,614 3,288 4,757 4,601 22,984 Rest of Rest of Total Year ended 31 March 2019 (£ millions) UK US China Europe World Revenue Revenue recognised for sales of vehicles, parts and accessories 4,293 5,826 3,557 5,359 4,850 23,885 Revenue recognised for services transferred 23 67 97 8 54 249 Revenue - other 912 29 10 (12) 11 950 Total revenue from contracts with customers 5,228 5,922 3,664 5,355 4,915 25,084 Realised revenue hedges - (437) (352) - (81) (870) Total revenue 5,228 5,485 3,312 5,355 4,834 24,214 Contract liabilities As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Ongoing service obligations 766 846 805 Liabilities for advances received 61 50 86 Total contract liabilities 827 896 891 -77 -


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Revenue that is expected to be recognised within five years related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) amounted to £827 million at 31 March 2021 (2020: £896 million, 2019: £891 million). “Ongoing service obligations” mainly relate to long-term service and maintenance contracts, extended warranties and telematics services. “Liabilities for advances received” primarily relate to consideration received in advance from customers for products not yet wholesaled, at which point the revenue will be recognised. “Ongoing service obligations” and “Liabilities for advances received” are both presented within “Other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Group applies the practical expedient in IFRS 15.121 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have an original expected duration of one year or less. This is because revenue resulting from those sales will be recognised in a short-term period. The services included with the vehicle sale are to be recognised as revenues in subsequent years but represent an insignificant portion of expected revenues in comparison.
The movement in contract liabilities relates solely to revenue recognised from balances held at the beginning of the year of £364 million (2020: £392 million, 2019: £288 million) and increases due to cash received for performance obligations unsatisfied at the year end of £295 million (2020: £397 million, 2019: £457 million).
Revenue recognised in the year from performance obligations satisified in the previous year is £100 million (2020: £33 million, 2019: £nil).
6 Material and other cost of sales
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work-in-progress 469 121 188 Purchase of products for sale 1,029 1,105 1,181 Raw materials and consumables used 10,838 13,498 14,448 Realised purchase hedges (1) (40) (147)
Total material and other cost of sales 12,335 14,684 15,670
7 Employee numbers and costs
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Wages and salaries—employee costs 1,545 1,833 1,909 Wages and salaries—agency costs 73 175 286
Total wages and salaries 1,618 2,008 2,195
Social security costs and benefits 288 312 354 Pension costs 235 248 271
Total employee costs 2,141 2,568 2,820
Employee costs in the year ended 31 March 2021 includes £188 million (2020: £10 million, 2019: £nil) credit in relation to employees placed on furlough under the UK Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.
Average employee numbers for the year ended 31 March
Non-agency Agency Total 2021
Manufacturing 18,231 754 18,985 Research and development 8,158 556 8,714 Other 9,527 317 9,844
Total employee numbers 35,916 1,627 37,543
Average employee numbers for the year ended 31 March
Non-agency Agency Total 2020
Manufacturing 18,833 1,219 20,052 Research and development 7,965 1,411 9,376 Other 9,733 626 10,359
Total employee numbers 36,531 3,256 39,787
Average employee numbers for the year ended 31 March
Non-agency Agency Total 2019
Manufacturing 19,213 1,998 21,211 Research and development 8,307 2,414 10,721 Other 11,063 1,106 12,169
Total employee numbers 38,583 5,518 44,101
8 Directors’ emoluments
Year ended 31 March (£) 2021 2020 2019
Directors’ emoluments 5,509,867 3,459,163 3,187,356 Increase/(decrease) of long-term incentive scheme amounts receivable 479,444 803,472 (98,010) Post-employment benefits 1,164,478 349,442 520,763
The aggregate of emoluments received in the year and amounts accrued under the bonus scheme and long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) of the highest-paid director was £3,962,991 (2020: £4,099,544, 2019: £2,946,676), together with a cash allowance in lieu of pension and medical benefits of £1,164,478 (2020: £349,442, 2019: £520,763). During the year, the value of LTIP awards accrued has increased by £479,444 (2020: increase of £803,472, 2019: decrease of £98,010), which will become payable in future periods.
There were no directors who were members of a defined benefit
pension scheme or a defined contribution scheme during the years ended 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019.
LTIP cash payments received by directors during the year ended
31 March 2021 were £421,000 (2020: £nil, 2019: £623,090).
During the year ended 31 March 2021, a new CEO appointment was made, and the previous incumbent transferred to a Vice Chairman role on the Board. Consequently, the earnings of both incumbents are included in the Directors’ emoluments.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-79-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
During the year ended 31 March 2016, the Group issued the final share-based payment LTIP arrangement based on the share price of Tata Motors Limited. The final cash payment in respect of the share-based payment LTIP was made during the year ended 31 March 2019.
During the year ended 31 March 2017, the Group announced a new LTIP to replace the previous share-based payment LTIP. The new LTIP, effective from June 2016, provides a cash payment to certain employees based on the Group’s performance against long-term business metrics related to performance and strategic priorities (over a period of three years). This new LTIP benefit scheme has been accounted for in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits. Comparative information for the year ended 31 March 2019 with no equivalent for the years ended 31 March 2021 or 2020 The information in this section gives details of the previous share-based payment LTIP arrangement that is reflected in the comparative information for the year ended 31 March 2019.
The scheme provided a cash payment to the employee based on a specific number of phantom shares at the grant date and the share price of Tata Motors Limited at the vesting date. The cash payment was dependent upon continued employment for the duration of the three-year vesting period.
Year ended 31 March (number) 2019
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 1,929,391 Vested in the year (1,764,566) Forfeited in the year (164,825)
Outstanding at the end of the year - The weighted average share price of the phantom shares vested in the year ended 31 March 2019 was £3.20. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding phantom shares as at 31 March 2019 was nil years.
No phantom shares were exercisable as at 31 March 2019.
During the year ended 31 March 2019, £1 million was recognised as a credit in “Employee costs” in relation to the share-based payment LTIP. The fair value of the balance sheet liability in respect of phantom stock awards outstanding at 31 March 2019 was £nil. 10 Other income Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Grant income 81 66 56 Commissions 20 14 23 Other 94 94 126
Total other income 195 174 205 During the year ended 31 March 2021, £40 million (2020: £12 million, 2019: £10 million) was recognised in “Other income” by a foreign subsidiary as an incentive for continuing trading in that country for the foreseeable future. This includes amounts received as cash in the year and amounts that the subsidiary is due to receive and for which there are no ongoing financial or operating conditions attached. 11 Other expenses Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019 Stores, spare parts and tools 88 112 193 Freight cost 499 611 653 Works, operations and other costs 1,714 2,471 2,577 Repairs 23 38 38 Power and fuel 72 87 101 Rent, rates and other taxes 31 32 90 Insurance 19 23 25 Write-down of property, plant and equipment 19 — 18 Write-down of intangible assets 20 40 —Product warranty 706 1,131 1,016 Publicity 397 733 856 Total other expenses 3,589 5,238 5,567 12 Engineering costs capitalised Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Total engineering costs incurred 1,216 1,790 1,997 Engineering costs expensed (489) (421) (421)
Engineering costs capitalised 727 1,369 1,576 Interest capitalised in engineering costs capitalised 88 105 99 Research and development grants capitalised (46) (48) (96) Total internally developed intangible additions 769 1,426 1,579
Engineering costs capitalised of £727 million (2020: £1,369 million, 2019: £1,576 million) comprises £345 million (2020: £471 million, 2019: £672 million) included in “Employee costs” and £382 million (2020: £898 million, 2019: £904 million) included in “Other expenses” in the consolidated income statement. During the year ended 31 March 2021, £87 million (2020: £102 million, 2019: £135 million) was recognised by a UK subsidiary
as a Research and Development Expenditure Credit (“RDEC”) incentive on qualifying expenditure. During the year ended 31 March 2021, £46 million (2020: £47 million, 2019: £91 million) of the RDEC – the proportion relating to capitalised product development expenditure and other intangible assets – has been offset against the cost of the respective assets. The remaining £41 million (2020: £55 million, 2019: £44 million) of the RDEC has been recognised as “Other income”.
13 Finance income and expense Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Finance income 11 52 35
Total finance income 11 52 35 Interest expense on lease liabilities (44) (45) (3) Total interest expense on financial liabilities other than lease (296) (250) (203) liabilities measured at amortised cost Interest income on derivatives designated as a fair value
7 3 4 hedge of financial liabilities Unwind of discount on provisions (16) (31) (26) Interest capitalised 98 114 117
Total finance expense (net) (251) (209) (111)
Comparative balances have been updated for the change to show interest expense on lease liabilities on a separate line.
The capitalisation rate used to calculate borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation was 4.3 per cent (2020: 4.2 per cent, 2019: 4.1 per cent). No redemption premium was incurred on any tranches of debt
repaid in the years ended 31 March 2021, 2020 or 2019. During the year ended 31 March 2021 the Group issued no debt at a premium (2020: one tranche of debt issued at a premium of £9 million, 2019: no debt issued at a premium).
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21
81


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14 Loss before tax
Expense/(income) in loss before tax includes the following:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss and fair value adjustments on loans (314) 135 45 Foreign exchange loss/(gain) on economic hedges of loans 143 (29) 18 Foreign exchange (gain)/loss on derivatives (14) (15) 31 Foreign exchange (gain)/loss on balance sheet, cash and deposits revaluation (64) 50 13 Unrealised (gain)/loss on commodities (137) 78 34 Fair value (gain)/loss on equity investments (2) 43 (26) Depreciation of right-of-use assets 94 92—Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 898 929 1,078 Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding internally generated development costs) 88 101 119 Amortisation of internally generated development costs 896 788 967 Operating lease rentals in respect of plant, property and equipment — 92 Expenses related to short-term leases 9 13—Expenses related to low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of low-value assets 7 7—Credit for changes in lease payments arising from COVID-19 rent concessions (3) — (Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant, equipment and software (1) 20 59 Exceptional items 1,523 29 3,271 Auditor remuneration (see below) 6 7 5
The following table sets out the auditor remuneration for the year (rounded to the nearest £0.1 million):
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements 0.1 0.1 0.1 Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:
- Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 4.5 5.6 4.4
Total audit fees 4.6 5.7 4.5
Audit-related assurance services 0.8 0.8 0.8 Other assurance services 0.4 0.3 0.1
Total non-audit fees 1.2 1.1 0.9 Total audit and related fees 5.8 6.8 5.4
15 Taxation Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement: Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Current tax expense
Current year 155 178 141 Adjustments for prior years 2 3 40
Current tax expense 157 181 181 Deferred tax expense/(credit)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 92 (164) (246) Adjustments for prior years (12) (11) (48) Write-down of deferred tax assets—(8) (245) Rate changes 2 49 50
Deferred tax expense/(credit) 82 (134) (489) Total income tax expense/(credit) 239 47 (308)
Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Deferred tax (credit)/expense on actuarial losses/gains on retirement
(143) 186 (52) benefits Deferred tax expense/(credit) on change in fair value of cash flow hedges 103 58 (19) Deferred tax (credit)/expense on rate changes—(32) 14
(40) 212 (57)
Reconciliation of effective tax rate:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Loss for the year (1,100) (469) (3,321) Total income tax expense/(credit) 239 47 (308)
Loss before tax (861) (422) (3,629)
Income tax credit using the tax rates applicable to individual entities of 15.2% (2020: 14.0%, 2019: 18.3%) (131) (59) (664) Non-deductible expenses 62 28 62 Unrecognised or written-down deferred tax assets 285 9 245 Changes in tax rates 2 49 50 Overseas unremitted earnings 23 6 8 Tax on share of profit of equity accounted investments 8 22 (1) Over provided in prior years (10) (8) (8)
Total income tax expense/(credit) 239 47 (308) Included within “Non-deductible expenses” is a charge of £45 million relating to the accounting write-down of assets not qualifying for tax relief. The charge of £285 million in relation to “Unrecognised or written-down deferred tax assets” arises as a result of the inability to fully recognise UK deferred tax assets arising in the year. The “Over provided in prior years” credit of £10 million arises as a result of the finalisation of prior year tax submissions with global tax authorities.
The tax rate applicable to individual entities of 15.2% reflects the blended average of the tax rates suffered on profits and losses earned in the various countries of operation. As the relative profits and losses fluctuate the average tax rate will also change.
Included within “Over provided in prior years” for the year ended 31 March 2020 is £7 million credit relating to revisions of prior year estimates of tax positions in various jurisdictions, principally the UK, to bring them into line with the latest estimates and currently filed tax positions. Included within “Changes in tax rates” is a £49 million charge for the impact of the change in the UK Statutory rate from 17 per cent to 19 per cent on deferred tax assets and liabilities.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21
83


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Included within “Non-deductible expenses” for the year ended
31 March 2019 is a £53 million charge for the impact of the impairment recorded in the year on non-tax-deductible property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
Impact of Future Rate Changes
The UK Finance Act 2016 was enacted during the year ended 31 March 2017, which included provisions for a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 17 per cent with effect from 1 April 2020.
Subsequently a change to the main UK corporation tax rate, announced in the Budget on 11 March 2020, was substantively enacted for IFRS purposes on 17 March 2020. The rate applicable from 1 April 2020 now remains at 19 per cent, rather than the previously enacted reduction to 17 per cent. A further change to the main UK corporation tax rate from 19 to 25 percent with
effect from 1 April 2023 was announced in the Budget on 3 March 2021, and was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. As no net deferred tax has been recognised at 31 March 2021 there would have been £nil impact had the rate change been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Accordingly, UK deferred tax has been provided at a rate of 19 per cent on assets (2020: 19 per cent, 2019: 17.6 per cent) and 19 per cent on liabilities (2020: 19 per cent, 2019: 17.4 per cent), recognising the applicable tax rate at the point when the timing difference is expected to reverse.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended 31 March 2021 are as follows:
Recognised Recognised in Reclassified
(£ millions) Opening in profit or other from other Foreign Closing balance loss comprehensive equity reserves exchange balance income Deferred tax assets
Property, plant & equipment 635 132 ——767 Expenses deductible in future periods 377 (100) — (17) 260 Derivative financial instruments 70 12 (103) (3)—(24) Retirement benefits (74) 3 143 — 72 Unrealised profit in inventory 125 (22) ——103 Tax loss 219 (153) — (1) 65 Other 145 (94) ——51
Total deferred tax asset 1,497 (222) 40 (3) (18) 1,294 Deferred tax liabilities
Intangible assets 1,043 (141) ——902 Overseas unremitted earnings 110 1 ——111
Total deferred tax liability 1,153 (140) ——1,013
Presented as deferred tax asset* 523 397 Presented as deferred tax liability* (179) (116)
*For balance sheet presentation purposes, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset to the extent that they relate to the same taxation authority and are expected to be settled on a net basis
At 31 March 2021, deferred tax assets of £397 million (2020: £523 million, 2019: £512 million) have been recognised in relation to deductible temporary differences, including unused tax losses, on the basis that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised.
At 31 March 2021, the Group had unused tax losses and other temporary differences amounting to £2,693 million (2020: £1,660 million, 2019: £1,599 million), for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised on the basis of forecast profitability of the companies in which the deferred tax assets arise. These tax losses are due to expire as follows:
All deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019 are presented as non-current.
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended 31 March 2020 are as follows:
Adjustment Adjusted Recognised Recognised Reclassified
(£ millions) Opening on initial Opening in profit or in other from other Foreign Closing balance application balance loss comprehen- equity reserves exchange balance of IFRS 16 sive income Deferred tax assets
Property, plant & equipment 544 3 547 87 — 1 635 Expenses deductible in future 325—325 51 — 1 377 periods Derivative financial instruments 134—134 (14) (56) 6—70 Retirement benefits 113—113 (32) (155) — (74) Unrealised profit in inventory 120—120 6 (1) — 125 Tax loss 78—78 141 ——219 Other 126—126 19 ——145
Total deferred tax asset 1,440 3 1,443 258 (212) 6 2 1,497 Deferred tax liabilities
Intangible assets 928—928 115 ——1,043 Overseas unremitted earnings 101—101 9* ——110
Total deferred tax liability 1,029—1,029 124 ——1,153
Presented as deferred tax asset* 512 523 Presented as deferred tax (101) (179) liability*
*For balance sheet presentation purposes, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset to the extent that they relate to the same taxation authority and are expected to be settled on a net basis.
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended 31 March 2019 are as follows:
Adjustment Ad- Recognised Recognised Reclassified
(£ millions) Opening on initial justed in profit or in other com- from other Foreign Closing balance application Opening loss prehensive equity reser- exchange balance of IFRS 9 balance income ves Deferred tax assets
Property, plant & equipment 9—9 535 ——544 Expenses deductible in future 239—239 80 — 6 325 periods Derivative financial instruments 80 6 86 7 18 23—134 Retirement benefits 77—77 (2) 38 — 113 Unrealised profit in inventory 157—157 (38) 1 — 120 Tax loss 367—367 (289) ——78 Other 100—100 26 ——126
Total deferred tax asset 1,029 6 1,035 319 57 23 6 1,440 Deferred tax liabilities
Intangible assets 1,100—1,100 (172) ——928 Overseas unremitted earnings 99—99 2* ——101
Total deferred tax liability 1,199—1,199 (170) ——1,029
Presented as deferred tax asset** 413 512 Presented as deferred tax (583) (101) liability**
*Included within £2 million is a reversal of £5 million relating to withholding tax incurred on intercompany dividends paid in the year.
**For balance sheet presentation purposes, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset to the extent that they relate to the same taxation authority and are expected to be settled on a net basis.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-85-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
16 Investments in equity accounted investees (A) Associates
Details of the Group’s associates as at 31 March 2021 are as follows:
Principal place of
Name of Proportion of business and Principal activity Registered office address investment voting rights country of incorporation
Jaguar Cars Finance 280 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 4RB,
49.9% England & Wales Non-trading
Limited England
Business and domestic 84 Kirkland Avenue, Ilford, Essex, England, Synaptiv Limited 33.3% England & Wales software development IG5 0TN
Holding company and
Driveclubservice Pte. 22 Sin Ming Lane, #06-76, Midview City,
25.1% Singapore mobility application
Limited Singapore 573969 owner/licensor
Unit A, 9/F, D2 Place ONE, 9 Cheung Yee Driveclub Limited 25.8% Hong Kong Vehicle leasing Street, Lai Chi Kok, Kowloon, Hong Kong Manufacture and development of The Priory Barn Priory Road, Wolston, ARC V Limited 15% England & Wales electrified vehicle Coventry, United Kingdom, CV8 3FX technology
Except for Driveclub Limited and ARC V Limited, the proportion The aggregate summarised financial information in respect of of voting rights disclosed in the table above is the same as the Group’s immaterial associates that are accounted for using the Group’s interest in the ordinary share capital of each undertaking. equity method is set out below.
The Group has no material associates as at 31 March 2021.
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Carrying amount of the Group’s interests in associates — 2
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Group’s share of loss and total comprehensive expense
- (2) (4) in associates
(B) Joint ventures
At each balance sheet date or when there are indicators of impairment, the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence that the carrying value of equity accounted investments may be impaired. Given the impact of the Reimagine announcement, the Group assessed the carrying value of its material joint venture. The recoverable amount is dependent on a wide range of assumptions, including sales volume forecasts, operating margin, capital expenditure and discount rate.
Cash flows were prepared based on Business Plan forecasts prepared by the local management and best available information
available to the Group, including historical trends, cycle plans and performance targets. The Group applied assumptions reducing uncertainty associated with future management actions and initiatives.
Based on the above assessment there was enough evidence to indicate that there was no impairment.
Details of the Group’s material joint venture as at 31 March 2021 is as follows:
Principal place of
Name of Proportion of business and Principal Registered office address investment voting rights country of activity
incorporation
Room 1102, Binjiang International Plaza, No Chery Jaguar Land Manufacture 88 Tonggang Road, Rover Automotive 50.0% China and assembly of Changshu Economic and Technical Company Ltd. vehicles Development Zone, Suzhou City, Jiangsu Province, China
Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. is a limited liability company whose legal form confirms separation between the parties to the joint arrangement. There is no contractual arrangement or any other facts or circumstances that indicate that the parties to the joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets or obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. Accordingly, Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. is classified as a joint venture. Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. is not publicly listed.
The joint venture is accounted for using the equity method and is a private company and there are no quoted market prices available for its shares.
The following tables sets out the summarised financial information of the Group’s individually material joint venture, Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd., after adjusting for material differences in accounting policies:
As at 31 March (£ millions)    2021 2020 2019
Cash and cash equivalents    323 278 316
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other    
payables and provisions)    (501) (584) (279)
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other    
payables and provisions)    (5) (82) (123)
Current assets    566 599 748
Current liabilities    (1,364) (1,348) (1,103)
Non-current assets    1,446 1,570 1,439
Non-current liabilities    (13) (82) (122)
Net assets of material joint venture    635 739 962
Year ended 31 March (£ millions)    2021 2020 2019
Revenue    1,820 1,295 1,697
(Loss)/profit for the year    (83) (224) 13
Total comprehensive (expense)/income    (83) (224) 13
The above total comprehensive (expense)/income inclu-    
des the following:    
Depreciation and amortisation    (201) (201) (206)
Interest income    7 14 12
Interest expense (net)    (20) (25) (14)
Income tax credit/(expense)    31 56 (6)
A reconciliation of the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the Group’s material joint venture recognised in
the consolidated balance sheet is given below:    
As at 31 March (£ millions)    2021 2020 2019
Net assets of material joint venture    635 739 962
Share of net assets of material joint venture    318 370 481
Other consolidation adjustments    (3) (8) (6)
Carrying amount of the Group’s material joint venture    315 362 475
As at 31 March 2021, an adjustment of £3 million (2020: £8 million, 2019: £6
million) has been made to derecognise profit that has not yet been realised on goods sold by the Group to Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd.
During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group received a
dividend from Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. of £nil (2020: £67 million, 2019: £22 million).
During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group increased its investment in Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. by £nil (2020: £67 million, 2019: £nil).
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-87-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Details of the Group’s immaterial joint venture as at 31 March 2021 is as follows:
Principal place of
Name of Proportion of business and Principal activity Registered office address investment voting rights country of incorporation
Jaguar Land Rover Vehicle sales and Emil Frey Strasse, 5745 Safenwill
30.0% Switzerland
Switzerland Ltd distribution
During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group invested £1 million in 30% of the ordinary share capital of Jaguar Land Rover Switzerland Ltd.
The summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s immaterial joint venture accounted for using the equity method is set out below:    
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Carrying amount of the Group’s interests in immaterial
1 —joint ventures
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Group’s share of loss and total comprehensive expense of
— -immaterial joint ventures
(C) Summary of carrying amount of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investees
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Carrying amount of material joint venture 315 362 475 Carrying amount of immaterial joint venture 1 —Carrying amount of immaterial associates — 2
Carrying amount of the Group’s interests in equity 316 362 477 accounted investees
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Share of (loss)/profit of material joint venture (41) (112) 7 Share of loss of immaterial joint venture — -Share of loss of immaterial associates—(2) (4)
Share of (loss)/profit of equity accounted investees (41) (114) 3
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Currency translation differences – material joint venture (11) 1 (3)
Share of other comprehensive (expense)/income of (11) 1 (3) equity accounted investees
17 Other non-current investments The Group’s other investments comprise equity investments of 10 per cent or less of the ordinary share capital of the investee companies and are designated as fair value through profit and loss financial instruments. As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Investment in Lyft Inc—17 46 Other investments 22 20 23
Total 22 37 69
During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group invested £4 million (2020: £11 million, 2019: £14 million) in other investments.
The Group has no additional rights or influence over any of these equity investments other than the voting rights attached to the ordinary share capital, and during the year ended 31 March 2021 no dividends were received (2020, 2019: no dividends).
Disclosure of the valuation techniques applied in calculating the fair value of these other non-equity accounted investments is included in note 36(A).
18 Other financial assets As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Non-current
Restricted cash 8 7 6 Derivative financial instruments 249 142 54 Warranty reimbursement and other receivables 73 102 104 Other 11 6 6
Total non-current other financial assets 341 257 170 Current Restricted cash 12 12 11 Derivative financial instruments 281 241 133 Warranty reimbursement and other receivables 70 87 88 Accrued income 26 14 44 Other 88 29 38 Total current other financial assets 477 383 314 Other financial assets pledged as collateral against borrowings are disclosed in note 26.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-89-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
19 Property, plant and equipment
Land Plant and Vehi- Compu- Fixtures Leased Heritage Under
(£ millions) and equip- cles ters & fittings assets vehicles construction Total buildings ment Cost
Balance at 1 April 2018 1,549 7,762 9 124 107 27 51 1,596 11,225 Additions 9—1 48 21 5 3 1,550 1,637 Transfers 723 1,545 — ——(2,268) -Disposals (3) (528) (1) (8) (3) ——(543) Impairment—Group CGU — — ——(185) (185) Foreign currency translation (17) (14) — ——13 (18)
Balance at 31 March 2019 2,261 8,765 9 164 125 32 54 706 12,116
Adjustment on initial application of
(9) — — (32) — (41) IFRS 16
Adjusted opening balance 2,252 8,765 9 164 125—54 706 12,075
Additions — 8 26 12 — 1,218 1,264 Assets acquired on acquisition 1 — — ——1 Transfers 285 895 — ——(1,180) -Disposals—(20) (1) (2) (2)—(1) (11) (37) Foreign currency translation 18 19—1 ——(1) 37
Balance at 31 March 2020 2,556 9,659 16 189 135—53 732 13,340
Additions — 6—2 — 828 836 Transfers 27 606 — ——(633) -Disposals (5) (15) (3) (1) (3)—(4)—(31) Impairment—asset write-downs — — ——(237) (237) Foreign currency translation (22) (28)—(1) (1) — 1 (51)
Balance at 31 March 2021 2,556 10,222 19 187 133—49 691 13,857 Depreciation and impairment
Balance at 1 April 2018 207 3,488 4 43 47 6 13—3,808 Depreciation charge for the period 82 965 1 18 10 2 — 1,078 Disposals (2) (480) (1) (6) (2) ——(491) Impairment—Group CGU—1,162 1 26 16 6 — 1,211 Impairment—asset write-downs — — — 18—18
Balance at 31 March 2019 287 5,135 5 81 71 14 31—5,624
Adjustment on initial application of
— ——(14) — (14) IFRS 16
Adjusted opening balance 287 5,135 5 81 71—31—5,610
Depreciation charge for the period 112 792 2 14 9 ——929 Disposals—(14)—(1) (1) ——(16) Foreign currency translation 2 1 — — — 3
Balance at 31 March 2020 401 5,914 7 94 79—31—6,526
Depreciation charge for the period 110 761 4 15 8 ——898 Disposals (3) (15) (2) (1) (3) ——(24) Impairment—asset write-downs 4 2 — — — 6 Translation (2) (5)—(2) (1) ——(10)
Balance at 31 March 2021 510 6,657 9 106 83—31—7,396 Net book value
At 31 March 2019 1,974 3,630 4 83 54 18 23 706 6,492 At 31 March 2020 2,155 3,745 9 95 56—22 732 6,814
At 31 March 2021 2,046 3,565 10 81 50—18 691 6,461
Asset write-downs for the year ending 31 March 2021 include £243 million (2020, 2019: £nil) in relation to the Group’s Reimagine strategy. The write-down expense has been recognised in ‘exceptional items’ in the consolidated income statement.
During the year ended 31 March 2019, £18 million of heritage
vehicles have been written-down and recognised as an expense within “Other expenses” following a review of the carrying value of property, plant and equipment. No assets were written down during the year ended 31 March 2020.
Property, plant and equipment pledged as collateral against borrowings are disclosed in note 26.
20 Intangible assets
Patents and Custo- Intellectual Product Capitalised
(£ millions) Softwa- technologi- mer- property rights develop- product Total re cal know- related and other intan- ment in development how gibles progress Cost
Balance at 1 April 2018 661 147 61 646 2,057 6,733 10,305 Other additions—externally purchased 85 — 5 — 90 Other additions—internally developed — — 1,579—1,579 Capitalised product development—internally developed — — (1,084) 1,084 -Disposals (44) — — (844) (888) Impairment—Group CGU (10) ——(562)—(572) Foreign exchange (1) — ——(1)
Balance at 31 March 2019 691 147 61 651 1,990 6,973 10,513
Other additions—externally purchased 111 — ——111 Other additions—internally developed — — 1,426—1,426 Other additions—on acquisition ——2 — 2 Capitalised product development—
— — (944) 944 -internally developed Disposals (2) — — (345) (347) Foreign exchange 2 — (1) — 1
Balance at 31 March 2020 802 147 61 652 2,472 7,572 11,706
Other additions—externally purchased 73 — ——73 Other additions—internally developed — — 769—769 Capitalised product development—
— — (1,404) 1,404 -internally developed Disposals (1) — — 10 9 Impairment- asset write-downs — — (749)—(749)
Balance at 31 March 2021 874 147 61 652 1,088 8,986 11,808 Amortisation and impairment
Balance at 1 April 2018 288 141 30 6—3,077 3,542 Amortisation for the year 106 6 3 4—967 1,086 Disposals (36) — — (843) (879) Impairment—asset write-downs 75—7 152—903 1,137
Balance at 31 March 2019 433 147 40 162—4,104 4,886
Amortisation for the year 96—2 3—788 889 Disposals (2) — — (345) (347)
Balance at 31 March 2020 527 147 42 165—4,547 5,428
Amortisation for the year 82—2 4—896 984 Disposals (1) — — 10 9
Balance at 31 March 2021 608 147 44 169—5,453 6,421 Net book value
At 31 March 2019 258—21 489 1,990 2,869 5,627 At 31 March 2020 275—19 487 2,472 3,025 6,278
At 31 March 2021 266—17 483 1,088 3,533 5,387
Asset write-downs for the year ending 31 March 2021 include £709 million (2020, 2019: £nil) in relation to the Group’s Reimagine strategy. The Reimagine related write-down expense has been recognised in ‘exceptional items’ in the consolidated income statement.
Impairment testing
The directors are of the view that the operations of the Group, excluding equity accounted investments, represent a single
cash-generating unit (“CGU”). This is because of the closely connected nature of the cash flows and the degree of integrated development and manufacturing activities.
In response to the annual requirement of IAS 36, and the impact of Reimagine (see pages 6 to 9 for more details), management performed an impairment assessment as at 31 March 2021.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
91


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the current year assessment, the recoverable value was determined using the value in use (“VIU”) approach outlined in IAS 36. No impairment was identified as the CGU recoverable amount exceeded its carrying amount by £2.7bn (£0.4bn in the year ended in 31 March 2020). The impairment loss recorded in the year ended 31 March 2019 was not reversed because the underlying reasons for the increased headroom (including the unwind of the discount rate and the impact of depreciation and amortisation of impaired assets) do not support this.
The Group has considered it appropriate to undertake the impairment assessment with reference to the latest business plan that was in effect as at the reporting date. The business plan includes a five-year cash flow forecast and contains growth rates that are primarily a function of the Group’s Cycle Plan assumptions, historical performance and management’s expectation of future market developments through to 2025/26. In forecasting the future cash flows management have given due consideration to recent cost performance, with cost savings in line with the launch of our Refocus programme. Additionally, management has considered the opportunities and risks that have arisen due to the current economic uncertainty including the launch of the Reimagine strategy outlined on pages 6 to 9 and the near term supply chain challenges related to global chip shortages (discussed within the risk section on page 27).
The Group used a long term growth rate of 1.9% (1.9% in the years ended in 31 March 2020 and 31 March 2019) to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond the period covered by the business plan and a pre-tax discount rate of 13.6% (12.5% in the year ended in 31 March 2020 and 11.8% in the year ended in 31 March 2019).
The directors’ approach and key assumptions used to determine the Group’s CGU VIU were as follows:
• Terminal value variable profit – Due to the importance of product mix to the business’ cash flow the directors consider variable profit to be a key assumption. Whilst years 1 to 5 of the business plan is largely driven from the existing portfolio, management’s Reimagine strategy results in a change in product portfolio in the outer years of the business plan. When considering the cash flows to model into perpetuity, it is therefore necessary to derive a steady-state variable profit value based on this change, the business plan volume set and associated implied variable profit levels;
• Terminal value capital expenditure –the 5-year cash flows timing and amount are based on the latest Cycle Plan. The terminal value has been derived based on the directors best estimate of a maintenance level of capital expenditure which has been derived from depreciation and amortisation expectations and funding requirements in responses to longer-term industry trends which are anticipated in the VIU calculation.
Sensitivity to key assumptions
The key assumptions that impact the value in use are those that
(i) involve a significant amount of judgement and estimation and
(ii) drive significant changes to the recoverable amount when flexed under reasonably possible outcomes.
As a significant portion of the recoverable amount lies in the VIU terminal value, management have focussed disclosures on reasonably possible changes that impact the terminal value.
Given the inherent uncertainty about how risk may arise, and the interaction of volumes and cost management, management consider a net impact on terminal period cash flows to be the best means of indicating the sensitivity of the model to such changes in the terminal period.
The value of key assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount are as follows:    
As at 31 March    2021 2020 2019
Terminal value variable profit (%GVR)    21.4% 19.7% 22.6%
Terminal value capital expenditure (%GVR)    8.9% 9.1% 11.0%
Long term growth rate and discount rate were not considered key assumptions in the year ended in 31 March 2021 as they are not driving significant changes to the recoverable amount when flexed
under reasonably possible outcomes.    
The table below shows the amount by which the value assigned to the key assumptions must change for the recoverable amount of
the CGU to be equal to its carrying amount under reasonably possible outcomes:    
2021     2020
Revised as-    % Change Revised as- % Change
As at 31 March*    sumption in assump- sumption in assumption
Terminal value variable profit (%GVR)    20.1% (6.3)% 19.5% (0.9)%
Terminal value capital expenditures (%GVR)    10.2% 15.1% 9.3% 1.9%
* For the year ended 31 March 2019, the recoverable amount of the CGU was equal to its carrying amount, therefore the above disclosure is not applicable.    
FY19 disclosures with no FY21 or FY20 equivalent
In the impairment assessment performed by management as at
31 March 2019, the recoverable value was determined based on value in use (“VIU”), which was marginally higher than the fair value less cost of disposal (“FVLCD”) of the relevant assets of the CGU. The recoverable amount was lower than the carrying value of the CGU, and this resulted in an exceptional impairment charge of £3,105 million being recognised within “exceptional items” as at 31 March 2019.
The impairment loss of £3,105 million has been allocated initially against goodwill of £1 million and the relevant assets, and thereafter the residual amount has been allocated on a prorated basis. This has resulted in £1,396 million allocated against tangible assets and £1,709 million allocated against intangible assets.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
93


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 21 Other assets As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Non-current Prepaid expenses 17 8 83 Research and development credit 4 — Other 11 15 - Total non-current other assets 32 23 83 Current Recoverable VAT 200 228 301 Prepaid expenses 120 139 156 Research and development credit 104 85 113 Other 24 25 - Total current other assets 448 477 570 22 Cash and cash equivalents As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Cash and cash equivalents 3,778 2,271 2,74 23 Allowances for trade and other receivables Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 At beginning of year 11 12 50 Charged during the year 6 11 4 Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable (1) (4) (41) Unused amounts reversed (9) (8) 2 Foreign currency translation — (3) At end of year 7 11 12 Trade receivables with a contractual amount of £nil (2020: £2 million, 2019: £38 million) that were written off during the year are still subject to enforcement activity. Trade receivables pledged as collateral against borrowings are disclosed in note 26. 24 Inventories As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Raw materials and consumables 110 104 130 Work-in-progress 371 388 369 Finished goods 2,525 2,977 3,117 Inventory basis adjustment 16 (1) (8) Total inventories 3,022 3,468 3,608 Inventories of finished goods include £406 million (2020: £466 million, 2019: £484 million) relating to vehicles sold to rental car companies, fleet customers and others with guaranteed repurchase arrangements. Cost of inventories (including cost of purchased products) recognised as an expense during the year amounted to £13,917 million (2020: £16,902 million, 2019: £18,086 million). During the year, the Group recorded an inventory write-down expense of £16 million (2020: £28 million, 2019: £52 million). This included the impact of COVID-19 as part of the Group’s inventory provisioning methodology. The write-down is included in “Material and other cost of sales”. Inventories pledged as collateral against borrowings are disclosed in note 26. 25 Accounts payable As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Trade payables 4,238 3,723 4,444 Liabilities to employees 171 143 114 Liabilities for expenses 1,392 1,950 1,757 Capital creditors 507 683 768 Total accounts payable 6,308 6,499 7,083 JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 95


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 26 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Short-term borrowings Bank loans 572—114 Current portion of long-term EURO MTF listed debt 399 299 767 Current portion of long-term loans 235 225—Other secured—2 -Total short-term borrowings 1,206 526 881 Long-term borrowings EURO MTF listed debt 3,921 3,562 2,844 Bank loans 1,037 1,241 755 Other unsecured 14 14 —Total long-term borrowings 4,972 4,817 3,599 Lease obligations 519 541 31 Total debt 6,697 5,884 4,511 Euro MTF listed debt The bonds are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange multilateral trading facility (“EURO MTF”) market. Details of the tranches of the bonds outstanding at 31 March 2021 are as follows: • $500 million Senior Notes due 2023 at a coupon of 5.625 per cent per annum – issued January 2013 • £400 million Senior Notes due 2022 at a coupon of 5.000 per cent per annum – issued January 2014 • £400 million Senior Notes due 2023 at a coupon of 3.875 per cent per annum – issued February 2015 • €650 million Senior Notes due 2024 at a coupon of 2.200 per cent per annum – issued January 2017 • $500 million Senior Notes due 2027 at a coupon of 4.500 per cent per annum – issued October 2017 • €500 million Senior Notes due 2026 at a coupon of 4.500 per cent per annum – issued September 2018 • €500 million Senior Notes due 2024 at a coupon of 5.875 per cent per annum – issued November 2019 • €500 million Senior Notes due 2026 at a coupon of 6.875 per cent per annum – issued November 2019 • $700 million Senior Notes due 2025 at a coupon of 7.750 per cent per annum – issued October 2020 • $650 million Senior Notes due 2028 at a coupon of 5.875 per cent per annum – issued December 2020 Details of the tranches of the bond repaid in the year ended 31 March 2021 are as follows: • £300 million Senior Notes due 2021 at a coupon of 2.750 per cent per annum – issued January 2017 Details of the tranches of bonds repaid in the year ended 31 March 2020 are as follows: • $500 million Senior Notes due 2019 at a coupon of 4.250 per cent per annum – issued October 2014 • $500 million Senior Notes due 2020 at a coupon of 3.500 per cent per annum – issued March 2015 Details of the tranches of the bond repaid in the year ended 31 March 2019 as follows: • $700 million Senior Notes due 2018 at a coupon of 4.125 per cent per annum – issued December 2013 Syndicated loan In October 2018, a $1 billion syndicate loan was issued with a coupon rate of LIBOR + 1.900 per cent per annum, due in the following tranches: • $200 million due October 2022 • $800 million due January 2025 The contractual cash flows of interest-bearing debt (excluding leases) are set out on the next page, including estimated interest payments and assuming the debt will be repaid at the maturity date. As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Due in 1 year or less 1,492 765 1,071 2nd and 3rd years 1,270 2,039 1,011 4th and 5th years 3,198 2,145 1,696 More than 5 years 1,383 1,441 1,559 Total contractual cash flows 7,343 6,390 5,337 During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group extended its factored receivables facility to a $500 million facility ending March 2023. Under the terms of the facility, the Group de-recognises factored receivables in accordance with IFRS 9 as there are no recourse arrangements. UK export finance facility During the year ended 31 March 2020, the Group entered and drew down in full a £625 million five-year amortising loan facility backed by a £500 million guarantee from UK Export Finance. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group repaid £125 million (2020: £52 million, 2019: £nil) of this loan. The loan includes a covenant requiring the Group to maintain a minimum liquidity of £1 billion. UK fleet financing facility During the year ended 31 March 2020, the Group entered into a secured revolving loan facility letter dated 25 October 2019 with Black Horse Limited, with an aggregate principal amount of £100 million. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group has increased this facility to £110 million. The facility is secured by a floating charge over inactive own-use (OUVs) vehicles. China borrowings During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group entered into a 3-year RMB 5 billion syndicated revolving loan facility subject to an annual confirmatory review. The facility is fully drawn at 31 March 2021 and is equivalent to £554 million at 31 March 2021 exchange rates. In addition the Group entered into a parts factoring facility in China of which £19 million is drawn down at 31 March 2021. Undrawn Facilities As at 31 March 2021, the Group has a fully undrawn revolving credit facility of £1,935 million (2020: £1,935 million, 2019: £1,935 million). This facility is available in full until July 2022. The group also has £3 million undrawn on its fleet buyback facility (2020, 2019: £nil). On 1 April 2021, the Group agreed a revolving credit facility of £1,310 million which will become available when the existing facility expires in July 2022. The new facility will be available in full until March 2024 and includes a covenant requiring the Group to maintain a minimum liquidity of £1 billion. Collateral pledged against borrowings Inventory of £138 million (2020: £127 million, 2019: £nil), trade receivables with a carrying amount of £19 million (2020: £nil, 2019: £114 million), property, plant and equipment with a carrying amount of £nil (2020, 2019: £nil), and other financial assets with a carrying of £13 million (2020, 2019: £nil) are pledged as collateral/security against the commitments. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 97 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 27 Other financial liabilities As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Current Lease obligations 65 73 3 Interest accrued 84 65 33 Derivative financial instruments 238 453 523 Liability for vehicles sold under a repurchase arrangement 359 479 469 Other—3 14 Total current other financial liabilities 746 1,073 1,042 Non-current Lease obligations 454 468 28 Derivative financial instruments 169 310 281 Other 2 – 1 Total non-current other financial liabilities 625 778 310 28 Provisions As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Current Product warranty 643 731 694 Legal and product liability 198 124 154 Provisions for residual risk 24 61 9 Provision for environmental liability 3 6 14 Other employee benefits obligations 10 7 13 Restructuring 283 15 104 Total current provisions 1,161 944 988 Non-current Product warranty 1,042 1,155 1,048 Legal and product liability 71 54 43 Provision for residual risk 42 114 31 Provision for environmental liability 23 17 15 Other employee benefits obligations 10 15 3 Total non-current provisions 1,188 1,355 1,140 Year ended 31 March 2021 Product Legal and Residual Environmental Other employee (£ millions) warranty product liability risk liability benefits obliga - Restructuring Total tions Opening balance 1,886 178 175 23 22 15 2,299 Provisions made during the year 681 213 38 6 9 315 1,262 Provisions used during the year (795) (58) (44) (3) (6) (47) (953) Unused amounts reversed in the period (103) (63) (92)—(5)—(263) Impact of unwind of discounting 16 — — —16 Foreign currency translation—(1) (11) ——(12) Closing balance 1,685 269 66 26 20 283 2,349 Product warranty provision The Group offers warranty cover in respect of manufacturing defects, which become apparent one to five years after purchase, dependent on the market in which the purchase occurred and the vehicle purchased. The group offers warranties of up to eight years on batteries in electric vehicles. The estimated liability for product warranty is recognised when products are sold or when new warranty programmes are initiated. These estimates are established using historical information on the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claims and management estimates regarding possible future warranty claims, customer goodwill and recall complaints. The discount on the warranty provision is calculated using a risk-free discount rate as the risks specific to the liability, such as inflation, are included in the base calculation. The timing of outflows will vary as and when a warranty claim will arise, being typically up to eight years. The Group considered the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its product warranty offerings and associated provisions, and determined that its existing methodology remained applicable for the year ended 31 March 2021. Legal and product liability provision A legal and product liability provision is maintained in respect of compliance with regulations and known litigations that impact the Group. The provision primarily relates to motor accident claims, consumer complaints, dealer terminations, employment cases, personal injury claims and compliance with emission and battery disposal regulations. The timing of outflows will vary as and when claims are received and settled, which is not known with certainty. Residual risk provision In certain markets, the Group is responsible for the residual risk arising on vehicles sold by retailers under leasing arrangements. The provision is based on the latest available market expectations of future residual value trends. The timing of the outflows will be at the end of the lease arrangements, being typically up to three years. The potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly the estimated decline and subsequent recovery in the used vehicle market, were included in the Group’s methodology applied in estimating the residual value exposure for the year ended 31 March 2021. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 99 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS These assessments were performed with reference to both internal and external market inputs. Environmental liability provision This provision relates to various environmental remediation costs such as asbestos removal and land clean-up. The timing of when these costs will be incurred is not known with certainty. Other employee benefit obligations This provision relates to the LTIP scheme for certain employees (see note 9) and other amounts payable to employees. Restructuring provision The restructuring provision includes amounts for third party obligations arising from Group restructuring programmes. This includes amounts payable to employees following the announcement of the Group’s Reimagine strategy in the year ending 31 March 2021 as well as other Group restructuring programmes. Amounts are also included in relation to legal and constructive obligations made to third parties in connection with cancellations under the group’s Reimagine strategy. The estimated liability for restructuring activities is recognised when the group has reason to believe there is a legal or constructive obligation arising from restructuring actions taken. The amount provided at the reporting date is calculated based on currently available facts and certain estimates for third party obligations (see note 4, material and other cost of sales). These estimates are established using historical experience based on the settlement costs for similar liabilities, with proxies being used where no direct comparison exists. The amounts and timing of outflows will vary as and when restructuring obligations are progressed with third parties. However, management believe it highly likely this provision will be utilised within the next financial year, with the likely range of outcomes not being materially different to the amount recorded. 29 Other liabilities As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Current Liabilities for advances received 61 50 86 Ongoing service obligations 315 324 301 VAT 122 169 199 Other taxes payable 120 148 53 Other 20 25 25 Total current other liabilities 638 716 664 Non-current Ongoing service obligations 451 522 504 Other 10 11 17 Total non-current other liabilities 461 533 521 30 Capital and reserves The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Authorised, called up and fully paid 1,500,642,163 ordinary shares of £1 each 1,501 1,501 1,501 Total ordinary share capital 1,501 1,501 1,501 The capital redemption reserve of £167 million (2020, 2019: £167 million) was created in March 2011 on the cancellation of share capital. 31 Other reserves The movement of reserves is as follows: (£ millions) Translation Hedging Cost of Retained Total other reserve reserve hedging earnings reserves reserve Balance at 1 April 2020 (316) (286) (33) 5,515 4,880 Loss for the year ——(1,101) (1,101) Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation ——(751) (751) Gain on effective cash flow hedges—400 37—437 Income tax related to items recognised in other comprehensive income—(76) (6) 143 61 Cash flow hedges reclassified to profit and loss—116 (7)—109 Income tax related to items reclassified to profit or loss—(22) 1—(21) Amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory—5 11—16 Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory—(1) (2)—(3) Currency translation differences (41) ——(41) Balance at 31 March 2021 (357) 136 1 3,806 3,586 Of which: Amounts related to continuing hedges n/a 129 1 n/a 130 Amounts related to discontinued hedges n/a 7—n/a 7 Balance at 1 April 2019 (337) (506) (33) 5,181 4,305 Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16 (net of tax) ——(23) (23) Adjusted balance at 1 April 2019 (337) (506) (33) 5,158 4,282 Loss for the year ——(471) (471) Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation ——983 983 Loss on effective cash flow hedges—(334) — (334) Gain/(loss) on effective cash flow hedges of inventory—82 (7)—75 Income tax related to items recognised in other comprehensive income—49 1 (155) (105) Cash flow hedges reclassified to profit and loss—571 (8)—563 Income tax related to items reclassified to profit or loss—(109) 2—(107) Amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory—(48) 15—(33) Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognized 9 (3)—6 in inventory Currency translation differences 21 ——21 Balance at 31 March 2020 (316) (286) (33) 5,515 4,880 Of which: Amounts related to continuing hedges n/a (249) (32) n/a (281) Amounts related to discontinued hedges n/a (37) (1) n/a (38) Balance at 1 April 2018 (333) (281) (46) 8,968 8,308 Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 (net of tax)—(29) 2 (5) (32) Adjusted balance at 1 April 2018 (333) (310) (44) 8,963 8,276 Loss for the year ——(3,325) (3,325) Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation ——(270) (270) (Loss)/gain on effective cash flow hedges—(813) 24—(789) Loss on effective cash flow hedges of inventory—(161) (36)—(197) Income tax related to items recognised in other comprehensive income—184 2 38 224 Cash flow hedges reclassified to profit and loss—874 7—881 Income tax related to items reclassified to profit or loss—(166) (1)—(167) Amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised in inventory—(141) 19—(122) Income tax related to amounts removed from hedge reserve and recognised 27 (4)—23 in inventory Currency translation differences (4) ——(4) Dividend paid ——(225) (225) Balance at 31 March 2019 (337) (506) (33) 5,181 4,305 Of which: Amounts related to continuing hedges n/a (466) (33) n/a (499) Amounts related to discontinued hedges n/a (40)—n/a (40) JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC Annual Report 2020/21 101


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 32 Dividends Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Dividend proposed for the previous year paid during the year of £nil (2020: £nil, 2019: £0.15) per ordinary share — 225 Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders during the year — — 225 Proposed dividend for the year of £nil (2020, 2019: £nil) per ordinary share — — — 33 Employee benefits The Group operates defined benefit pension schemes for qualifying employees of certain subsidiaries. The UK defined benefit schemes are administered by a trustee with assets held in trusts that are legally separate from the Group. The trustee of the pension schemes is required by law to act in the interest of the members and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes and is responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the schemes and all other governance matters. The board of the trustee must be composed of representatives of the Group and scheme participants in accordance with each scheme’s regulations. Under the schemes, the employees are entitled to post-retirement benefits based on their length of service and salary. Through its defined benefit pension schemes, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below. Asset volatility The schemes’ liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if the schemes’ assets underperform against these corporate bonds, this will create or increase a deficit. The defined benefit schemes hold a significant proportion of equity-type assets, which are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long-term although introduce volatility and risk in the short-term. The UK schemes hold a substantial level of index-linked gilts and other inflation and interest rate hedging instruments in order to reduce the volatility of assets compared to the liability value, although these will lead to asset value volatility.
As the schemes mature, the Group intends to reduce the level of investment risk by investing more in assets for which expected income is a better match for the expected benefit outgo. However, the Group believes that due to the long-term nature of the schemes’ liabilities and the strength of the supporting group, a level of continuing equity-type investments is currently an appropriate element of the Group’s long-term strategy to manage the schemes efficiently. Changes in bond yields A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the schemes’ liabilities, although this is expected to be partially offset by an increase in the value of the schemes’ assets, specifically the bond holdings and interest rate hedging instruments. Inflation risk Some of the Group’s pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities (although, in most cases, caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect the schemes against high inflation). As noted above, the schemes hold a significant proportion of assets in index-linked gilts, together with other inflation hedging instruments and also assets that are more closely correlated with inflation. However, an increase in inflation may still create a deficit or increase an existing deficit to some degree. Life expectancy The majority of the schemes’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the schemes’ liabilities. This is particularly significant in the UK defined benefit schemes, where inflationary increases result in higher sensitivity to changes in life expectancy. The following tables set out the disclosures pertaining to the retirement benefit amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IAS 19: Change in present value of defined benefit obligation Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year 7,788 8,648 8,320 Current service cost 131 133 158 Past service cost 16 4 42 Interest expense 166 203 216 Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from: Changes in demographic assumptions (21) 7 (49) Changes in financial assumptions 869 (526) 544 Experience adjustments (75) (139) 32 Exchange differences on foreign schemes (2) 1 -Member contributions 1 2 2 Benefits paid (441) (545) (617) Defined benefit obligation at end of year 8,432 7,788 8,648 Change in present value of scheme assets Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Fair value of schemes’ assets at beginning of year 8,168 7,981 7,882 Interest income 170 190 208 Remeasurement gain on the return of plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest income 22 325 257 Administrative expenses (22) (16) (13) Exchange differences on foreign schemes (1) —Employer contributions 148 231 262 Member contributions 1 2 2 Benefits paid (441) (545) (617) Fair value of schemes’ assets at end of year 8,045 8,168 7,981 The actual return on the schemes’ assets for the year ended 31 March 2021 was £192 million (2020: £515 million, 2019: £465 million). Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Current service cost 131 133 158 Past service cost 16 4 42 Administrative expenses 22 16 13 Net interest cost (including onerous obligations) (4) 13 8 Components of defined benefit cost recognised in the consolidated 1165 166 221 income statement JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 103 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income consist of: Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Actuarial gains/(losses) arising from: Changes in demographic assumptions 21 (7) 49 Changes in financial assumptions (869) 526 (544) Experience adjustments 75 139 (32) Remeasurement gain on the return of schemes’ assets, excluding amounts 22 325 257 included in interest income Remeasurement (loss)/gain on net defined benefit obligation (751) 983 (270) Amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet consist of: As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligations (2) (2) (2) Present value of funded defined benefit obligations (8,430) (7,786) (8,646) Fair value of schemes’ assets 8,045 8,168 7,981 Net retirement benefit obligation (387) 380 (667) Presented as non-current asset—408 -Presented as non-current liability (387) (28) (667) The most recent valuations of the defined benefit schemes for accounting purposes were carried out at 31 March 2021 by a qualified independent actuary. For the UK schemes this is based on membership data as at 31 March 2020 for the JPP & LRPS and 5 April 2018 for the smaller JEPP. The present value of the defined benefit liability, and the related current service cost and past service cost, were measured using the projected unit credit method. The asset valuations are taken from the asset custodian for each scheme together with the balance of the Trustee bank accounts. In November 2020 the UK government announced that the calculation of RPI would be amended to mirror the calculation of CPIH from 2030 (following its consultation on RPI Reform). As a result, the gap between RPI and CPI has been updated to reflect RPI reform by having a gap of 1% p.a. up to 2030 and no gap thereafter. In addition the inflation risk premium (IRP) has been updated from an IRP of 0.2% p.a. at all terms to an IRP of 0.3% p.a. up to 2030 and 0.5% post 2030, reflecting market conditions at the 31 March 2021 year end. The impact of the changes to the IRP noted above was to reduce the UK pension liability by c. £250 million, thereby offsetting a proportion of the impact of higher market implied inflation at the 31 March 2021 year end. The principal assumptions used in accounting for the pension schemes are set out below: Year ended 31 March 2021 2020 2019 Discount rate 2.1% 2.4% 2.4% Expected rate of increase in benefit revaluation of covered employees 2.1% 2.0% 2.4% RPI inflation rate 3.1% 2.6% 3.2% For the valuation at 31 March 2021, the mortality assumptions used are the Self-Administered Pension Schemes (‘SAPS’) mortality base table, S2PxA tables (“Light” tables for members of the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan). • For the Jaguar Pension Plan, scaling factors of 111 per cent to 117 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 112 per cent have been used for female members. • For the Land Rover Pension Scheme, scaling factors of 107 per cent to 111 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 109 per cent have been used for female members. • For the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan, an average scaling factor of 94 per cent has been used for male members and an average scaling factor of 84 per cent has been used for female members. For the valuation at 31 March 2020, the mortality assumptions used were the SAPS mortality base table, S2PxA tables (“Light” tables for members of the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan). • For the Jaguar Pension Plan, scaling factors of 111 per cent to 117 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 112 per cent have been used for female members. • For the Land Rover Pension Scheme, scaling factors of 107 per cent to 111 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 109 per cent have been used for female members. As at 31 March (years) 2021 2020 2019 Retiring today: Males 21.0 21.0 21.0 Females 23.3 23.2 23.2 Retiring in 20 years: Males 22.4 22.5 22.4 Females 25.2 25.2 25.1 For the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan, an average scaling factor of 94 per cent has been used for male members and an average scaling factor of 84 per cent has been used for female members. For the valuation at 31 March 2019, the mortality assumptions used were the SAPS mortality base table, S2PxA tables (“Light” tables for members of the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan). For the Jaguar Pension Plan, scaling factors of 112 per cent to 118 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 112 per cent have been used for female members. For the Land Rover Pension Scheme, scaling factors of 107 per cent to 112 per cent have been used for male members and scaling factors of 101 per cent to 109 per cent have been used for female members. For the Jaguar Executive Pension Plan, an average scaling factor of 94 per cent has been used for male members and an average scaling factor of 84 per cent has been used for female members. For the 2021 year end calculations there is an allowance for future improvements in line with the CMI (2020) projections and allowance for long-term improvements of 1.25 per cent per annum and a smoothing parameter of 7.5 (2020: CMI (2019) projections with 1.25 per cent per annum improvements and smoothing parameter of 7.5, 2019: CMI (2018) projections with 1.25 per cent per annum improvements and a smoothing parameter of 7.5). The assumed life expectancies on retirement at age 65 are: JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 105 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS A past service cost of £9 million has been recognised in the year ended 31 March 2021 following a further High Court ruling, published on 20 November 2020, that provided clarification on the obligations of pension plan trustees to equalise past transfer values allowing for the effect of unequal Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (‘GMP’) between 17 May 1990 and 5 April 1997 (“GMP equalisation”). The Group had previously recognised a past service cost of £17 million in the year ended 31 March 2019, following the High Court ruling in 2018 in respect of GMP equalisation, and has retained this allowance at 31 March 2021 but adjusted for the passage of time and to reflect the estimated impact of changes in market conditions. A further past service cost of £7 million was also recognised in the year ended 31 March 2021. This reflects benefit improvements for certain members as part of the Group restructuring programme that commenced in the year ended 31 March 2021. A past service cost of £4 million was recognised in the year ended 31 March 2020. This reflects benefit improvements for certain members as part of the Group restructuring programme that commenced in the year ended 31 March 2019. An additional past service cost of £25 million was recognised in the year ended 31 March 2019. This reflects benefit improvements for certain members as part of the Group restructuring programme. All past service costs are recognised in ‘exceptional items’ in the consolidated income statement. See note 4 for further information. The sensitivity analysis below is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the consolidated balance sheet. The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to previous periods. Assumption Change in assumption Impact on scheme liabilities Impact on service cost Discount rate Increase/decrease by 0.25% Decrease/increase by c.£412 million Decrease/increase by £7 million Inflation rate Increase/decrease by 0.25% Increase/decrease by c.£228 million Increase/decrease by £4 million Increase/decrease in life expectancy Mortality Increase/decrease by c.£299 million Increase/decrease by £4 million by 1 year The fair value of schemes’ assets is represented by the following major categories: As at 31 March 2021 2020 2019 (£ millions) Quo- Unquo- Total % Quo- Unquo- Total % Quo- Unquo- Total % ted* ted ted* ted ted* ted Equity instruments Information technology 133—133 2% 124—124 1% 79—79 1% Energy 11—11—10—10—34—34 1% Manufacturing 75—75 1% 70—70 1% 58—58 1% Financials 48—48 1% 45—45 1% 91—91 1% Other 267—267 3% 249—249 3% 251—251 3% 534—534 7% 498—498 6% 513—513 7% Debt instruments Government 1,712—1,712 22% 1,944—1,944 24% 2,509—2,509 31% Corporate bonds (investment grade) 1,377 206 1,583 20% 1,245 348 1,593 19% 149 1,694 1,843 23% Corporate bonds (Non investment grade) 94 968 1,062 13%—750 750 9%—613 613 8% 3,183 1,174 4,357 55% 3,189 1,098 4,287 52% 2,658 2,307 4,965 62% Property funds UK—303 303 4%—273 273 3%—244 244 3% Other—201 201 2%—239 239 3%—229 229 3% - 504 504 6%—512 512 6%—473 473 6% Cash and cash equivalents 265—265 3% 678—678 8% 210—210 3% Other Hedge funds—496 496 6%—475 475 6%—310 310 4% Private markets—824 824 10%—562 562 7% 4 336 340 4% Alternatives 57 584 641 8%—594 594 7% 16 810 826 10% 57 1,904 1,961 24%—1,631 1,631 20% 20 1,456 1,476 18% Derivatives Foreign exchange contracts—15 15 — (35) (35) — 16 16 -Interest rate and inflation swaps—361 361 4%—545 545 7%—328 328 4% Equity protection derivatives—48 48 1%—52 52 1% — — - 424 424 5%—562 562 8%—344 344 4% Total 4,039 4,006 8,045 100% 4,365 3,803 8,168 100% 3,401 4,580 7,981 100% *Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. As at 31 March 2021, the schemes held Gilt Repos. The net value of these transactions is included in the value of government bonds in the table above. The value of the funding obligation for the Repo transactions is £2,057 million at 31 March 2021 (2020: £2,639 million, 2019: £1,528 million). JLR assigns an accounting level (1,2 or 3) to asset holdings in order to reflect the level of judgement involved in the valuation of an asset. In assigning the level JLR balances consistency between asset holdings, consistency from year to year and manager / other assessments. JLR designates level 1 to custodian accounts, including funds, where managers hold largely liquid assets where an active market in the underlying asset exits, for example developed market equities, Gilts and other sovereign bonds together with investment grade corporate bonds. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 107 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Custodian accounts where underlying assets are regularly traded or where comparable assets have traded values are designated level 2, for example derivatives (including net value of swaps) and some property holdings. Assets which are not designated as level 1 or 2 are designated as level 3. Level 1 assets are reported as quoted, level 2 and 3 unquoted. Repo obligations are noted separately. Private Equity holdings have been measured using the most recent valuations, adjusted for cash and currency movements between the last valuation date and 31 March 2021. Given the movements in listed equity markets, the valuation of Private Equity holdings may vary significantly. The value of the Private Equity holdings in the JLR UK Plans included above is £453 million as at 31 March 2021. Jaguar Land Rover contributes towards the UK defined benefit schemes. The 5 April 2018 statutory funding valuations were completed in December 2018. As a result of these valuations it is intended to eliminate the pension scheme funding deficits over the 10 years to 31 March 2028. Whilst there is currently an additional liability over the projected benefit obligation, based on current legal advice the Group will not be required to recognise an additional obligation in the future. JLR has taken legal advice considering the documentation of the UK schemes and the regulatory environment. This confirmed the recoverability of any surplus in the scheme and JLR has based its accounting judgement on this advice. In line with the schedule of contributions agreed following the 2018 statutory funding valuations and amended in April 2020, the current ongoing Group contribution rate for defined benefit accrual is c.21 per cent of pensionable salaries in the UK. Deficit contributions are paid in line with the schedule of contributions at a rate of £60 million per year until 31 March 2024 followed by £25 million per year until 31 March 2028. Contributions previously due for April, May and June 2020 have been re-spread over the year ended 31 March 2022. This agreement is reflected in an updated Schedule of Contributions dated 29 April 2020. The average duration of the benefit obligations at 31 March 2021 is 19.0 years (2020: 19.0 years, 2019: 19.0 years). The expected net periodic pension cost for the year ended 31 March 2022 is expected to be £153 million. The Group expects to pay £246 million to its defined benefit schemes, in total, for the year ended 31 March 2022. Defined contribution schemes The Group’s contribution to defined contribution schemes for the year ended 31 March 2021 was £86 million (2020: £86 million, 2019: £93 million). 34 Commitments and contingencies In the normal course of business, the Group faces claims and assertions by various parties. The Group assesses such claims and assertions and monitors the legal environment on an ongoing basis, with the assistance of external legal counsel wherever necessary. The Group records a liability for any claims where a potential loss is probable and capable of being estimated and discloses such matters in its financial statements, if material. For potential losses that are considered possible, but not probable, the Group provides disclosure in the consolidated financial statements but does not record a liability unless the loss becomes probable. Such potential losses may be of an uncertain timing and/or amount. The following is a description of claims and contingencies where a potential loss is possible, but not probable. Management believes that none of the contingencies described, either individually or in aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Litigation and product related matters 23 40 17 Other taxes and duties 50 44 41 Commitments: • Plant and equipment 862 1,217 1,054 • Intangible assets 16 14 20 • Other 270 376 222 Pledged as collateral/security against the borrowings and commitments: • Inventory 138 127 - • Trade receivables 19—114 • Property, plant and equipment — - • Other financial assets 13 — Litigation and product related matters The Group is involved in legal proceedings, both as plaintiff and as defendant. There are claims and potential claims against the Group which management has not recognised, as settlement is not considered probable. These claims and potential claims pertain to motor accident claims, consumer complaints, employment and dealership arrangements, replacement of parts of vehicles and/or compensation for deficiency in the services by the Group or its dealers. The Group has provided for the estimated cost of repair following the passenger safety airbag issue in the United States, China, Canada, Korea, Taiwan, Australia and Japan. The Group recognises that there is a potential risk of further recalls in the future; however, the Group is unable at this point in time to reliably estimate the amount and timing of any potential future costs associated with this warranty issue. Other taxes and duties Contingencies and commitments include tax contingent liabilities which mainly relate to tax audits and tax litigation claims. Commitments The Group has entered into various contracts with vendors and contractors for the acquisition of plant and equipment and various civil contracts of capital nature and the acquisition of intangible assets. Commitments and contingencies also includes other contingent liabilities, the timing of any outflow will vary as and when claims are received and settled, which is not known with certainty. The remaining financial commitments, in particular the purchase commitments and guarantees, are of a magnitude typical for the industry. Joint venture Stipulated within the joint venture agreement for Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd, and subsequently amended by a change to the Articles of Association of Chery Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Company Ltd. is a commitment for the Group to contribute a total of CNY 5,000 million of capital. Of this amount, CNY 3,475 million has been contributed as at 31 March 2021. The outstanding commitment of CNY 1,525 million translates to £169 million at the 31 March 2021 exchange rate. The Group’s share of capital commitments of its joint venture at 31 March 2021 is £42 million (2020: £69 million, 2019: £151 million) and contingent liabilities of its joint venture 31 March 2021 is £nil (2020: £nil, 2019: £nil). 35 Capital management The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to ensure the going concern operation of all subsidiary companies within the Group and to maintain an efficient capital structure to support ongoing and future operations of the Group and to meet shareholder expectations. The Group issues debt, primarily in the form of bonds, to meet anticipated funding requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. The Group also maintains certain undrawn committed credit facilities to provide additional liquidity. These borrowings, together with cash generated from operations, are loaned internally or contributed as equity to certain subsidiaries as required. Surplus cash in subsidiaries is pooled (where practicable) and invested to satisfy security, liquidity and yield requirements. The capital structure and funding requirements are regularly monitored by the JLR plc Board to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained by the Group. All debt issuance and capital distributions are approved by the JLR plc Board. As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Short-term debt 1,271 599 884 Long-term debt 5,426 5,285 3,627 Total debt* 6,697 5,884 4,511 Equity attributable to shareholders 5,254 6,548 5,973 Total capital 11,951 12,432 10,484 *Total debt includes lease obligations of £519 million (2020: £541 million, 2019: £31 million) JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 109 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 36 Financial instruments This section gives an overview of the significance of financial instruments for the Group and provides additional information on balance sheet items that contain financial instruments. The details of significant accounting policies, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument, are disclosed in note 2. (A) Financial assets and liabilities The following table shows the carrying amount and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2021: Fair Value Through Profit and Loss Amortised Financial Derivatives other Derivatives in Total carrying Total fair (£ millions) cost assets than in hedging hedging relations - value value relationship hip Cash and cash equivalents 3,778 ——3,778 3,778 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,004 ——1,004 1,004 Trade receivables 863 ——863 863 Investments—22 — 22 22 Other financial assets—current 196—73 208 477 477 Other financial assets—non-current 92—42 207 341 341 Total financial assets 5,933 22 115 415 6,485 6,485 Accounts payable 6,308 ——6,308 6,308 Short-term borrowings 1,206 ——1,206 1,217 Long-term borrowings* 4,972 ——4,972 5,136 Other financial liabilities—current 508—67 171 746 746 Other financial liabilities—non-current 456—65 104 625 688 Total financial liabilities 13,450—132 275 13,857 14,095 * Included in the long-term borrowings shown in other financial liabilities is £784 million that is designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge relationship. Included within this figure is £1 million of fair value adjustments as a result of the hedge relationship. The following table shows the carrying amount and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2020: Fair Value Through Profit and Loss Amortised Financial Derivatives other Derivatives in Total carrying Total fair (£ millions) cost assets than in hedging hedging relations - value value relationship hip Cash and cash equivalents 2,271 ——2,271 2,271 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,393 ——1,393 1,393 Trade receivables 833 ——833 833 Investments—37 — 37 37 Other financial assets—current 142—153 88 383 383 Other financial assets—non-current 115—9 133 257 257 Total financial assets 4,754 37 162 221 5,174 5,174 Accounts payable 6,499 ——6,499 6,499 Short-term borrowings 526 ——526 512 Long-term borrowings* 4,817 ——4,817 3,859 Other financial liabilities—current 620—204 249 1,073 1,073 Other financial liabilities—non-current 468—48 262 778 778 Total financial liabilities 12,930—252 511 13,693 12,721 * Included in the long-term borrowings shown in other financial liabilities is £891 million that is designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge relationship. Included within this figure is £45 million of fair value adjustments as a result of the hedge relationship. The following table shows the carrying amount and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2019: Fair Value Through Profit and Loss Amortised Financial Derivatives other Derivatives in Total carrying Total fair (£ millions) cost assets than in hedging hedging relations- value value relationship hip Cash and cash equivalents 2,747 ——2,747 2,747 Short-term deposits and other investments 1,028 ——1,028 1,028 Trade receivables 1,362 ——1,362 1,362 Investmentsw—69 — 69 69 Other financial assets—current 181—31 102 314 314 Other financial assets—non-current 116—11 43 170 170 Total financial assets 5,434 69 42 145 5,690 5,690 Accounts payable 7,083 ——7,083 7,083 Short-term borrowings* 881 ——881 877 Long-term borrowings** 3,599 ——3,599 3,245 Other financial liabilities—current 519—97 426 1,042 1,042 Other financial liabilities—non-current 29—15 266 310 310 Total financial liabilities 12,111—112 692 12,915 12,557 * Included within short-term borrowings shown in other financial liabilities are foreign currency denominated borrowings totalling £768 million designated as the hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge against forecast revenue. **Included in the long-term borrowings shown in other financial liabilities is £813 million that is designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge relationship. Included within this figure is £5 million of fair value adjustments as a result of the hedge relationship. Offsetting Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are subject to offsetting where there is currently a legally enforceable right to set off recognised amounts and the Group intends to either settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are subject to master netting arrangements whereby in the case of insolvency, derivative financial assets and financial liabilities can be settled on a net basis. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 111 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table discloses the amounts that have been offset in arriving at the consolidated balance sheet presentation and the amounts that are available for offset only under certain conditions as at 31 March 2021: Amounts subject to a master netting arrangement Gross Gross amount of Net amount Cash Net amount £ millions amount recognised set presented in the Financial collateral after recognised off in the balance balance sheet instruments (received) / offsetting sheet pledged Financial assets Derivative financial assets 530—530 (362)—168 Cash and cash equivalents 3,995 (217) 3,778 — 3,778 4,525 (217) 4,308 (362)—3,946 Financial liabilities Derivative financial liabilities 407—407 (362)—45 Short-term borrowings 1,423 (217) 1,206 — 1,206 1,830 (217) 1,613 (362)—1,251 The following table discloses the amounts that have been offset in arriving at the consolidated balance sheet presentation and the amounts that are available for offset only under certain conditions as at 31 March 2020: Amounts subject to a master netting arrangement Gross Gross amount of Net amount Cash Net amount £ millions amount recognised set presented in the Financial collateral after recognised off in the balance balance sheet instruments (received) / offsetting sheet pledged Financial assets Derivative financial assets 383—383 (377)—6 Cash and cash equivalents 2,981 (710) 2,271 — 2,271 3,364 (710) 2,654 (377)—2,277 Financial liabilities Derivative financial liabilities 763—763 (377)—386 Short-term borrowings 1,236 (710) 526 — 526 1,999 (710) 1,289 (377)—912 The following table discloses the amounts that have been offset in arriving at the consolidated balance sheet presentation and the amounts that are available for offset only under certain conditions as at 31 March 2019: Amounts subject to a master netting arrangement Gross Gross amount of Net amount Cash Net amount £ millions amount recognised set presented in the Financial collateral after recognised off in the balance balance sheet instruments (received) / offsetting sheet pledged Financial assets Derivative financial assets 187—187 (187) —Cash and cash equivalents 3,175 (428) 2,747 — 2,747 3,362 (428) 2,934 (187)—2,747 Financial liabilities Derivative financial liabilities 804—804 (187)—617 Short-term borrowings 1,309 (428) 881 — 881 2,113 (428) 1,685 (187)—1,498 Fair value hierarchy Financial instruments held at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels: • Quoted prices in an active market (Level 1): this level of hierarchy includes financial instruments that are measured by reference to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; • Valuation techniques with observable inputs (Level 2): this level of hierarchy includes financial assets and liabilities measured using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and • Valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): this level of hierarchy includes financial assets and liabilities measured using inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor based on available market data. Of the financial assets held at 31 March 2021 and classified as Level 3, 94 per cent (2020: 93 per cent, 2019: 91 per cent) were valued using recent transaction values and 6 per cent (2020: 7 per cent, 2019: 9 per cent) were valued using an alternative technique. Recent transaction values The pricing of recent investment transactions is the main input of valuations performed by the Group. The Group’s policy is to use observable market data where possible for its valuations and, in the absence of portfolio company earnings or revenue to compare, or of relevant comparable businesses’ data, recent transaction prices represent the most reliable observable inputs. Alternative valuation methodologies Alternative valuation methodologies are used by the Group for reasons specific to individual assets. At 31 March 2021, the alternative technique used was net asset value, representing 100 per cent of alternatively valued assets. There has been no change in the valuation techniques adopted in either current or prior financial years as presented. There were no transfers between fair value levels in the years ended 31 March 2021 and 2020. In the year ended 31 March 2019, the investment in Lyft, Inc. (note 17) transferred from Level 3 to Level 1 as a result of the Lyft, Inc. initial public offering on 29 March 2019. The financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are classified as Level 2 fair value measurements, as defined by IFRS 13, being those derived from inputs other than quoted prices that are observable. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. Fair values of forward derivative financial assets and liabilities are estimated by discounting expected future contractual cash flows using prevailing market interest rate curves from Reuters. Commodity swap contracts are similarly fair valued by discounting expected future contractual cash flows. Option contracts on foreign currency are entered into on a zero cost collar basis and fair value estimates are calculated from standard Black-Scholes options pricing methodology, using prevailing market interest rates and volatilities. The estimate of fair values for cross-currency swaps is calculated using discounted estimated future cash flows. Estimates of the future floating-rate cash flows are based on quoted swap rates, future prices and interbank borrowing rates (“LIBOR”). Additionally, a credit valuation adjustment/debit value adjustment is taken on derivative financial assets and liabilities and is calculated by discounting the fair value gain or loss on the financial derivative using credit default swap (“CDS”) prices quoted for the counterparty or Jaguar Land Rover respectively. CDS prices are obtained from Reuters. The long-term borrowings are held at amortised cost. The fair value of the listed debt for disclosure purposes is determined using Level 1 valuation techniques, based on the closing price as at 31 March 2021 on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange multilateral trading facility (“EURO MTF”) market, for unsecured listed bonds. For bank loans, Level 2 valuation techniques are used. Fair values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, trade receivables and payables, and other financial assets and liabilities (current and non-current excluding derivatives) are assumed to approximate to cost due to the short-term maturing of the instruments and as the impact of discounting is not significant. Other investments that are not equity accounted for are recognised at fair value. Where there is an active quoted market, the fair value is determined using Level 1 valuation techniques, based on the closing price at year end. The valuation as at 31 March 2021 is £nil (2020: £17 million, 2019: £46 million). Where there is no active quoted market, the fair values have been determined using Level 3 valuation techniques and the closing valuation as at 31 March 2021 is £22 million (2020: £20 million, 2019: £23 million). The fair value loss recognised in the consolidated income statement for Level 3 investments for the year ended 31 March 2021 is £2 million (2020: loss of £1 million, 2019: gain of £2 million. Management uses its best judgement in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments. However, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, for JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 113 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented above are not necessarily indicative of all the amounts that the Group could have realised in a sales transaction as of the respective dates. The estimated fair value amounts as at 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been measured as at the respective dates. As such, the fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different from the amounts reported at each year end. (B) Financial risk management The Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate, commodity price, interest rate, liquidity and credit risks. The Group has a risk management framework in place, which monitors all of these risks as discussed below. This framework is approved by the JLR plc Board. Foreign currency exchange rate risk The fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates may have a potential impact on the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated cash flow statement, where any transaction references more than one currency or where assets/liabilities are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective consolidated entities. Considering the countries and economic environment in which the Group operates, its operations are subject to risks arising from fluctuations in exchange rates in those countries. The risks primarily relate to fluctuations in US Dollar, Chinese Yuan and Euro against the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries. Foreign exchange risk on future transactions is mitigated through the use of derivative contracts. The Group is also exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates that impact the valuation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities of its National Sales Companies and also foreign currency denominated balances on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet at each reporting period end. In addition to the derivatives designated in hedging relationships as detailed in section (C), the Group enters into foreign currency contracts as economic hedges of recognised foreign currency debt. The following table sets forth information relating to foreign currency exposure as at 31 March 2021: As at 31 March 2021 (£ millions) US Dollar Chinese Yuan Euro Others Financial assets 1,726 342 1,118 311 Financial liabilities (3,267) (1,192) (4,259) (349) Net exposure liability (1,541) (850) (3,141) (38) A10% appreciation/depreciation of the currency would result in additional gain/(loss): Impact on net income before tax for financial assets 173/(173) 34/(34) 111/(111) n/a Impact on net income before tax for financial liabilities (327)/327 (119)/119 (426)/426 n/a Impact on other comprehensive income for financial liabilities ——n/a The following table sets forth information relating to foreign currency exposure as at 31 March 2020: As at 31 March 2020 (£ millions) US Dollar Chinese Yuan Euro Others Financial assets 1,785 484 1,205 409 Financial liabilities (2,791) (523) (4,312) (412) Net exposure liability (1,006) (39) (3,107) (3) A 10% appreciation/depreciation of the currency would result in additional gain/(loss): Impact on net income before tax for financial assets 178/(178) 48/(48) 120/(120) n/a Impact on net income before tax for financial liabilities (279)/279 (52)/52 (431)/431 n/a Impact on other comprehensive income for financial liabilities ——n/a The following table sets forth information relating to foreign currency exposure as at 31 March 2019: As at 31 March 2019 (£ millions) US Dollar Chinese Yuan Euro Others Financial assets 2,383 219 1,377 327 Financial liabilities (3,349) (424) (3,524) (385) Net exposure liability (966) (205) (2,147) (58) A 10% appreciation/depreciation of the currency would result in additional gain/(loss): Impact on net income before tax for financial assets 238/(238) 22/(22) 138/(138) n/a Impact on net income before tax for financial liabilites (314)/314 (43)/43 (353)/353 n/a Impact on other comprehensive income for financial liabilities (21)/21 — n/a Commodity price risk The Group is exposed to commodity price risk arising from the purchase of certain raw materials such as aluminium, copper, platinum and palladium. This risk is mitigated through the use of derivative contracts and fixed-price contracts with suppliers. The derivative contracts are not hedge accounted and are measured at fair value through profit or loss. The total fair value gain on commodities of £137 million (2020: loss of £74 million, 2019: gain of £9 million) has been recognised in “Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments” in the consolidated income statement. The amounts reported do not reflect the purchasing benefits received by the Group (which are included within “Material and other cost of sales”). A 10 per cent appreciation/depreciation of all commodity prices underlying such contracts would have resulted in a gain/loss of £41 million (2020: £49 million, 2019: £53 million). Interest rate risk Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will lead to changes in interest income and expense for the Group. In addition to issuing long-term fixed-rate bonds, the Group has other facilities in place that are primarily used to finance working capital and are subject to variable interest rates. When undertaking a new debt issuance, the JLR plc Board will consider the fixed/floating interest rate mix of the Group, the outlook for future interest rates and the appetite for certainty of funding costs. The Group uses cross-currency interest rate saps to convert some of its issued debt from foreign currency denominated fixed-rate debt to GBP floating-rate debt. The derivative instruments and the foreign currency fixed-rate debt may be designated in a hedging relationship. As at 31 March 2021, short-term borrowings of £253 million (2020: £225 million, 2019: £114 million) and long-term borrowings of £1,037 million (2020: £1,260 million, 2019: £768 million) were subject to a variable interest rate. An increase/ decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates at the balance sheet date would result in an impact of £13 million (2020: £15 million, 2019: £9 million) in the consolidated income statement and £nil (2020, 2019: £nil) in other comprehensive income. The risk estimates provided assume a parallel shift of 100 basis points in interest rates across all yield curves. This calculation also assumes that the change occurs at the balance sheet date and has been calculated based on risk exposures outstanding as at that date. The year-end balances are not necessarily representative of the average debt outstanding during the year. The Group’s sensitivity to interest rates has reduced during the current year mainly due to the decrease in variable rate debt instruments. Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s policy on liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient liquidity in the form of cash and undrawn borrowing facilities to meet the Group’s operating requirements with an appropriate level of headroom. JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 115 Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:
Carrying Contractual 1 year 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years As at 31 March 2021 (£ millions) amount cash flows or less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Accounts payable 6,308 6,308 6,308 — -Long-term borrowings and interest thereon 4,972 6,075 230 1,265 3,198 1,382 Short-term borrowings and interest thereon 1,206 1,239 1,239 — -Lease obligations 519 840 103 85 201 451 Other financial liabilities 445 390 383 7 —Derivative financial instruments 407 461 255 115 91 -
Total contractual maturities 13,857 15,313 8,518 1,472 3,490 1,833
Carrying Contractual 1 year or 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years As at 31 March 2020 (£ millions) amount cash flows less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Accounts payable 6,499 6,499 6,499 — -Long-term borrowings and interest thereon 4,817 5,828 218 739 3,430 1,441 Short-term borrowings and interest thereon 526 536 536 — -Lease obligations 541 903 112 90 208 493 Other financial liabilities 547 513 498 11 4 -Derivative financial instruments 763 894 491 272 131 -
Total contractual maturities 13,693 15,173 8,354 1,112 3,773 1,934
Carrying Contractual 1 year 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years As at 31 March 2019 (£ millions) amount cash flows or less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Accounts payable 7,083 7,083 7,083 — -Long-term borrowings and interest thereon 3,599 5,186 946 449 2,232 1,559 Short-term borrowings and interest thereon 881 881 881 — -Finance lease obligations 31 62 7 7 15 33 Other financial liabilities 517 554 527 12 15 -Derivative financial instruments 804 1,076 592 313 144 27
Total contractual maturities 12,915 14,842 10,036 781 2,406 1,619
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligation. The majority of the Group’s credit risk pertains to the risk of financial loss arising from counterparty default on cash investments.
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. None of the financial instruments of the Group result in material concentrations of credit risks.
All Group cash is invested according to strict credit criteria and actively monitored by Group Treasury in conjunction with the current market valuation of derivative contracts. To support this, the JLR plc Board has implemented an investment policy that places limits on the maximum cash investment that can be
made with any single counterparty depending on their published external credit rating.
To a lesser extent the Group has an exposure to counterparties on trade receivables and other financial assets. The Group seeks to mitigate credit risk on sales to third parties through the use of payment at the point of delivery, credit limits, credit insurance and letters of credit from banks that meet internal rating criteria.
Financial assets
None of the Group’s cash equivalents, including term deposits with banks, are past due or impaired. Regarding other financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, there were no indications as at 31 March 2021 (2020 and 2019: no indications) that defaults in payment obligations will occur. The Group has reviewed trade and other receivables not yet due Trade and other receivables past due and impaired are set out and not impaired and no material issues have been identified. below:
As at 31 2021 2021 2021 Net 2020 2020 2020 Net 2019 2019 2019 Net March (£ Gross impairment carrying Gross mpairment carrying Gross mpairment carrying millions) value value value Not yet due 747 (2) 745 675 (2) 673 1,190 (1) 1,189 Overdue <3 months 88—88 141 (1) 140 173—173 Overdue 3-6 months 10—10 10 (1) 9 3—3 Overdue >6 months 25 (5) 20 18 (7) 11 14 (11) 3
Total 870 (7) 863 844 (11) 833 1,380 (12) 1,368 Included within trade receivables is £19 million (2020: £nil, 2019: £114 million) of receivables that are part of a debt factoring arrangement. These assets do not qualify for de-recognition due to the recourse arrangements in place. The related liability of £19 million (2020: £nil, 2019: £114 million) is in short-term borrowings. Both the asset and associated liability are classified as amortised cost. Off-balance sheet financial arrangements
At the end of FY21, Jaguar Land Rover Limited (a subsidiary of the Company) had sold £278 million equivalent of trade receivables under its debt factoring facility, which was renewed during the year ended 31 March 2021 to a $500 million facility expiring March 2023. (C) Derivatives and hedge accounting The Group’s operations give rise to revenue, raw material purchases and borrowings in currencies other than the Group’s presentation currency of GBP. The Group forecasts these transactions over the medium term and enters into derivative contracts to mitigate the resulting foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk and commodity price risk. The Group’s risk management strategy allows for hedge accounting when the derivatives meet the hedge accounting criteria as set out in IFRS 9 as well as the Group’s risk management objectives. Commodity derivatives are not hedge accounted. Foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency options and foreign currency denominated borrowings may be designated as hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge relationship against forecast foreign currency transactions to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk associated with those transactions. In addition, the Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk associated with recognised borrowings. These instruments may be designated in both cash flow and fair value hedging relationships, or may be economic hedges of debt. The Group also manages foreign exchange risk on recognised borrowings using FX swaps. The Group utilises FX spot & FX swap contracts to manage operational requirements.
The gain/(loss) on the derivatives that are not designated in hedging relationships, whose fair value movements are recognised in ‘Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ in the consolidated income statement, is as follows: Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Commodity derivative contracts 137 (74) 9 Foreign currency derivative contracts (77) 27 (18) Interest rate derivative contracts (47) — Total 13 (47) (9) In all cases the Group uses a hedge ratio of 1:1. The critical terms of the derivative contracts are aligned with those of the hedged item. The Group allows a maximum hedging term of five years for forecast transactions. The Group’s risk management policy allows for decreasing levels of hedging as the forecasting horizon increases. A 10 per cent depreciation/appreciation in Sterling against the foreign currency underlying contracts within the Group’s derivative portfolio that are sensitive to changes in foreign exchange rates (including the impact to the fair value adjustment of foreign currency borrowings designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge relationship) would have resulted in the approximate additional (loss)/gain shown in the table on the following page:
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 117
Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
10% depreciation in Sterling against the foreign currency:
In other comprehensive income (571) (547) (273) In the consolidated income statement 299 64 109
10% appreciation in Sterling against the foreign currency:
In other comprehensive income 480 554 244 In the consolidated income statement (231) (36) (75)
The following table sets out the change in the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk as a result of hedge accounted cross-currency interest rate swaps:
Foreign currency receivable Reporting currency payable average interest rate average interest rate
% % % % % %
Outstanding contracts
2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 Cross currency interest rate swaps
< 1 year — — —Between 1-5 years — — —>5 years 4.500 4.500 4.500 LIBOR + 3.235 LIBOR + 3.235 LIBOR + 3.235
The following table shows the impact that would result from interest rate derivatives and any related hedging relationships given an increase/decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates at the balance sheet date:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
100 basis points depreciation in interest rates
In the consolidated income statement (1) (7) (5)
100 basis points appreciation in interest rates
In the consolidated income statement 1 4 19
Cash Flow Hedges
The Group uses foreign currency options, foreign currency forward contracts and recognised foreign currency borrowings as the hedging instrument in cash flow hedge relationships of hedged sales and purchases. The time value of options and the foreign currency basis spread of foreign exchange forward contracts are excluded from the hedge relationship and are recognised in other comprehensive income as a cost of hedging to the extent they relate to the hedged item (the aligned value). Additionally, the Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps as the hedging instrument of the foreign exchange risk of recognised foreign currency borrowings.
Changes in the fair value of foreign currency contracts, to the extent determined to be an effective cash flow hedge, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and the ineffective portion of the fair value change is recognised in the consolidated income statement. There is not generally expected to be significant ineffectiveness from cash flow hedges.
It is anticipated that the hedged sales will take place over the next one to five years, at which time the amount deferred in equity will be reclassified to revenue in the consolidated income statement.
It is anticipated that the hedged purchases will take place over the next one to five years, at which time the amount deferred in equity will be included in the carrying amount of the raw materials. On sale of the finished product, the amount previously deferred in equity and subsequently recognised in inventory will be reclassified to material and other cost of sales in the consolidated income statement.
The foreign currency borrowings designated as the hedged item mature in January 2026 and October 2027, at which time the amount deferred in equity will be reclassified to the consolidated income statement.
The table below sets out the timing profile of the hedge accounted derivatives:
Carrying value assets / As at 31 March Average strike rate Nominal amounts (liabilities) 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 Outstanding contracts
£m £m £m £m £m £m Cash flow hedges of foreign exchange risk on forecast transactions Derivative instruments Sell—USD
<1 year 0.7596 0.7229 0.6756 2,833 1,766 1,584 136 (157) (187) Between 1-5 years 0.7654 0.7649 0.6989 3,096 5,098 1,945 172 (190) (114)
Sell—Chinese Yuan
<1 year 0.1098 0.1086 0.1054 1,647 1,601 2,132 12 (59) (153) Between 1-5 years 0.1088 0.1096 0.1075 629 1,189 1,299 11 (20) (43)
Buy—Euro
<1 year 0.9069 0.9109 0.8823 2,695 2,635 3,609 (136) 1 14 Between 1-5 years 0.9010 0.9101 0.9192 1,899 3,384 4,030 (81) (17) (73)
Other currencies
<1 year 1,145 905 1,800 24 55 2 Between 1-5 years 846 1,238 882 7 39 11
Debt instruments denominated in foreign currency USD
< 1 year — 0.7358 — 736 — (768) Between 1-5 years — — — — -
Total cash flow hedges of foreign exchange risk on forecast transactions    14,790 17,816 18,017 145 (348) (1,311)
Hedges of foreign exchange risk on recognised debt Cross currency interest rate swaps USD
< 1 year — — — — -Between 1-5 years — — — — ->5 years 0.7592 0.7592 0.7592 380 380 380 7 57 11
EUR
< 1 year — — — — -Between 1-5 years — — — — ->5 years 0.8912 0.8912 0.8912 446 446 446 (14) 3 (15)
Total cash flow hedges of foreign exchange risk on recognised debt 826 826 826 (7) 60 (4)
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 119
Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The USD debt instrument used as a hedging instrument is shown in the less than one year category in the year ended 31 March 2019 above as the instrument itself matured within one year of
31 March 2019. The amounts hedging revenue between one and five years are £nil (2020: £nil, 2019: £359 million).
The line items in the consolidated balance sheet that include the above derivative instruments are “Other financial assets” and “Other financial liabilities”. The USD denominated debt designated as a hedging instrument was included in “Borrowings”.
The following table sets out the effect of the Group’s cash flow hedges on the financial performance of the Group:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Fair value gain/(loss) of foreign currency derivative contracts recognised in
446 (254) (887) hedging reserves Fair value loss of foreign currency borrowings recognised in cash flow hedging
- (7) (103) reserve Fair value (loss)/gain of derivatives hedging foreign currency borrowings (9) 2 4 recognised in hedging reserves
Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income in the year 437 (259) (986)
Loss reclassified from cash flow hedging reserve and recognised in ‘Revenue’
(112) (565) (870) in the income statement Gain/(loss) reclassified from cash flow hedging reserve and recognised in Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ in the income 3—(12) statement on account of forecast transactions no longer expected to occur Gain reclassified from cost of hedging reserve and recognised in Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ in the income statement on—2 1 account of forecast transactions no longer expected to occur
Loss reclassified to profit and loss in the year (109) (563) (881)
Net change in the hedged item used for assessing hedge effectiveness 534 172 (202) (Loss)/gain on derivatives not hedge accounted, recognised in ‘Foreign (77) 27 (18) exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ in the income statement
Fair value hedges
The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps as the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge of foreign exchange and interest rate risks of foreign currency denominated debt. The derivatives convert foreign currency USD fixed-rate borrowings to GBP floating-rate debt.
Changes in the fair value of foreign currency contracts that are designated in fair value hedging relationships are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item (long-term borrowings) for the hedged risks are recognised in the same income statement line.
The fair value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps, included in “Derivatives in hedging relationship” in section (A), are as follows:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Other financial assets—current — -Other financial assets—non-current 7 60 11
Total financial assets 7 60 11
Other financial liabilities—current — -Other financial liabilities—non-current 14—15
Total financial liabilities 14—15
The following amounts have been recognised in relation to fair value hedges in the consolidated income statement in the years ended
31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Net gain/(loss) in the hedged item used for assessing hedge effectiveness, taken to the consolidated income statement in ‘Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ 108 (78) (29) Fair value changes in the derivative instruments used in assessing hedge effectiveness, taken to the consolidated income statement in ‘Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’ (58) 61 22
Ineffectiveness recognised in the consolidated income statement in
50 (17) (7) ‘Foreign exchange gain/(loss) and fair value adjustments’
37 Leases
The Group leases a number of buildings, plant and equipment, IT hardware and software assets, certain of which have a renewal and/or purchase options in the normal course of the business. Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operation. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the extension or termination option. The Group re-assesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise options if there is a significant event or significant change in circumstances within its control. The Group’s leases mature between 2021 and 2048.
Some of the leases are short-term and/or low-value items. The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.
There are no leases with residual value guarantees.
The Group has applied IFRS 16 from 1 April 2019 using the modified retrospective method, meaning the comparative information for the year ended 31 March 2019 has not been restated. As a result, the comparative information provided below for this period continues to be accounted for in accordance with the Group’s previous lease accounting policy under IAS 17 Leases.
In the year ending 31 March 2021, the Group has applied the practical expedient to not assess whether rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic that meet the qualifying criteria are lease modifications.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 121
Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Leases as a lessee
Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below.
Right-of-use assets
Land and Plant and Fixtures and
£ millions Computers Vehicles Other Total buildings equipment fittings
Closing balance at 31 March 2021 475 6 45 3 12 2 543 Closing balance at 31 March 2020 483 7 56 6 13 3 568 Opening balance at 1 April 2019 501 13 57 — 4 575
Depreciation charge for the year
63 7 17 5 1 1 94 ended 31 March 2021 Depreciation charge for the year
62 8 17 3 1 1 92 ended 31 March 2020
Additions to right-of-use assets during the year ended 31 March 2021 was £70 million (2020: £83 million).
Lease liabilities
The maturity analysis of the contractual undiscounted cash flows are as follows:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020
Less than one year 103 112 Between one and five years 286 298 More than five years 451 493
Total undiscounted lease liabilities 840 903
Included in undiscounted lease liability maturities above is £15 million (2020: £nil) in relation to leases committed but not yet commenced at the balance sheet date.
The following amounts are included in the consolidated balance sheet:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020
Current lease liabilities 65 73 Non-current lease liabilities 454 468
Total lease liabilities 519 541
The following amounts are recognised in the consolidated income statement:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020
Interest expense on lease liabilities 44 45 Expenses related to short-term leases 9 13 Expenses related to low-value assets, excluding
7 7 short-term leases of low-value assets Credit for changes in lease payments arising from COVID-19 rent (3) -concessions
The following amounts are recognised in the consolidated cash flow statement:
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020
Cash payments for the principal portion of lease
79 72 liabilities (within ‘payments of lease obligations’) Cash payment for interest expense related to lease liabilities (within
44 45 ‘finance expenses and fees paid’)
Leases as a lessee under IAS 17
The future minimum non-cancellable finance lease rentals are payable as follows:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2019
Less than one year 7 Between one and five years 22 More than five years 33
Total lease payments 62
Less future finance charges (31)
Present value of lease obligations 31
The above leases relate to amounts payable under the minimum lease payments on plant and equipment. The carrying value of these assets as at 31 March 2019 was £27 million.
The future minimum non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2019
Less than one year 115 Between one and five years 272 More than five years 239
Total lease payments 626
Leases as a lessor
The majority of the leases where the Group is a lessor are in The maturity analysis of lease payments, showing the relation to vehicles. The Group classifies these as operating undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting leases, because they do not transfer substantially all of the risks date, are as follows: and rewards incidental to the ownership of the assets.
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Less than one year 3 5 5 Between one and five years 2 2 2 More than five years 11 11 9
Total undiscounted lease payments to be received 16 18 16
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC 123
Annual Report 2020/21


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
38 Segmental reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of the Group about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
The Group operates in the automotive segment. The automotive segment includes all activities relating to design, development, manufacture and marketing of vehicles including financing thereof, as well as sale of related parts and accessories and services from which the Group derives its revenues. The Group has only one operating segment, so no separate segment report is given.
The geographic spread of sales by customer location and non-current assets is as disclosed below:
Rest of Rest of
(£ millions) UK US China Total Europe World
31 March 2021
Revenue 3,790 4,664 3,563 3,153 4,561 19,731 Non-current assets 10,932 53 1,047 218 141 12,391
31 March 2020
Revenue 4,724 5,614 4,757 4,601 3,288 22,984 Non-current assets 12,028 58 1,196 209 169 13,660
31 March 2019
Revenue 5,228 5,485 5,355 4,834 3,312 24,214 Non-current assets 10,859 32 1,045 167 16 12,119
39 Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(A) Reconciliation of loss for the year to cash generated from operating activities
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019
Loss for the year (1,100) (469) (3,321)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation 1,976 1,910 2,164 Write-down of tangible assets — 18 Write-down of intangible assets 11 40 —(Profit)/loss on disposal of assets (1) 20 59 Foreign exchange and fair value (gain)/loss on loans 14 (314) 135 45 Income tax expense/(credit) 15 239 47 (308) Finance expense (net) 13 251 209 111 Finance income 13 (11) (52) (35) Foreign exchange loss/(gain) on economic hedges of loans 14 143 (29) 18 Foreign exchange (gain)/loss on derivatives 14 (14) (15) 31 Foreign exchange (gain)/loss) on balance sheet revaluation (272) 122 57 Foreign exchange loss on other restricted deposits 1 2 -Foreign exchange loss/(gain) on short-term deposits 46 (14) (71) Foreign exchange loss/(gain) on cash and cash equivalents 162 (58) 27 Unrealised (gain)/loss on commodities 14 (137) 78 34 (Gain)/loss on matured revenue hedges (6) 81 43 Share of loss/(profit) of equity accounted investments 16 41 114 (3) Fair value (gain)/loss on equity investments 14 (2) 43 (26) Exceptional items 4 1,523 29 3,271 Other non-cash adjustments (5) 2 (4)
Cash flows from operating activities before changes in assets and liabilities 2,560 2,155 2,110
Trade receivables (61) 541 282 Other financial assets (35) 44 61 Other current assets 54 112 127 Inventories 459 147 152 Other non-current assets 397 (420) (3) Accounts payable 11 (652) (476) Other current liabilities (53) 49 111 Other financial liabilities (130) (19) (24) Other non-current liabilities and retirement benefit obligation (477) 355 (23) Provisions (189) 87 141
Cash generated from operations 2,536 2,399 2,458
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
125


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(B) Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities
Short-term Long-term Lease
(£ millions) Total borrowings borrowings obligations
Balance at 1 April 2018 652 3,060 19 3,731
Proceeds from issue of financing 649 1,214—1,863 Issue of new finance leases — 14 14 Repayment of financing (1,250)—(2) (1,252) Reclassification of long-term debt 768 (768) —Foreign exchange 62 15—77 Arrangement fees paid—(18)—(18) Fee amortisation 1 7—8 Reclassification of long-term debt fees (1) 1 —Long-term borrowings revaluation in hedge reserve—103—103 Fair value adjustment on loans—(15)—(15)
Balance at 31 March 2019 881 3,599 31 4,511
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16 — 499 499 Proceeds from issue of financing 2 1,600—1,602 Issue of new leases — 79 79 Repayment of financing (939)—(117) (1,056) Interest accrued 45 45 Reclassification of long-term debt 577 (577) —Foreign exchange 5 143 4 152 Arrangement fees paid (1) (8)—(9) Fee amortisation 2 8—10 Reclassification of long-term debt fees (1) 1 —Long-term borrowings revaluation in hedge reserve—11—11 Fair value adjustment on loans—40—40
Balance at 31 March 2020 526 4,817 541 5,884
Proceeds from issue of financing 919 1,034—1,953 Issue of new leases — 71 71 Repayment of financing (749)—(123) (872) Interest accrued — 44 44 Reclassification of long-term debt 525 (525) —Foreign exchange (15) (308) (14) (337) Arrangement fees paid—(11)—(11) Fee amortisation—11—11 Fair value adjustment on loans—(46)—(46)
Balance at 31 March 2021 1,206 4,972 519 6,697
40 Related party transactions
Tata Sons Private Limited is a company with significant influence over the Group’s ultimate parent company Tata Motors Limited. The Group’s related parties therefore include Tata Sons Private Limited, subsidiaries and joint ventures of Tata Sons Private Limited and subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of Tata Motors Limited. The Group routinely enters into transactions with its related parties in the ordinary course of business, including transactions for the sale and purchase of products with its joint ventures and associates.
All transactions with related parties are conducted under normal
terms of business and all amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash.
Transactions and balances with the Group’s own subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation.
The table on the next page summarises related party transactions and balances not eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Tata Sons Private Immediate or ultimate parent Associates and (£ millions) Joint ventures Limited, its subsidiaries and its subsidiaries, joint their subsidiaries and joint ventures ventures and associates
31 March 2021
Sale of products 284—2 15 Purchase of goods — 1 72 Services received—1 123 68 Services rendered 111 — 1 Trade and other receivables 48—1 32 Accounts payable — 13 43
31 March 2020
Sale of products 217—2 54 Purchase of goods — 1 120 Services received—3 150 91 Services rendered 111 — 1 Dividends received 67 — -Investments in the year 67 6 —Trade and other receivables 67—1 20 Accounts payable — 11 48
31 March 2019
Sale of products 321—3 76 Purchase of goods ——214 Services received—2 170 97 Services rendered 83 — 1 Trade and other receivables 15—1 15 Accounts payable — 35 52
Compensation of key management personnel
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Short-term benefits 15 10 10 Post-employment benefits 2—1 Other long-term employee benefits 2 3 -Compensation for loss of office—1 -
Total compensation of key management personnel 19 14 11
41 Ultimate parent company and parent company of larger group
The immediate parent undertaking is TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore), which is the parent for the smallest group to consolidate these financial statements. The ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party is Tata Motors Limited, India, which is the parent of the largest group to consolidate these financial statements.
Copies of the TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) consolidated financial statements can be obtained from the Company Secretary, TML Holdings Pte. Ltd., 9 Battery Road #15-01 MYP Centre, Singapore 049910.
Copies of the Tata Motors Limited, India consolidated financial statements can be obtained from the Company Secretary, Tata Motors Limited, Bombay House, 24, Homi Mody Street, Mumbai-400001, India.
42 Subsequent events
On 1 April 2021, the Group agreed a revolving credit facility of £1,310 million which will become available when the existing facility expires in July 2022. The new facility will be available in full until March 2024.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
127


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 March (£ millions) Note 2021 2020 2019
Non-current assets
Investments 43 1,655 1,655 1,655 Other financial assets 44 4,964 4,770 3,628 Other non-current assets 45—1 2
Total non-current assets 6,619 6,426 5,285 Current assets
Other financial assets 44 1,074 958 1,270 Other current assets 45 1 1 1 Cash and cash equivalents — -
Total current assets 1,075 959 1,271 Total assets 7,694 7,385 6,556 Current liabilities
Other financial liabilities 47 82 65 37 Deferred finance income 1 2 2 Short-term borrowings 48 524 424 767 Current income tax liabilities 5 5 4
Total current liabilities 612 496 810 Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings 48 4,959 4,759 3,594 Deferred finance income 33 34 35
Total non-current liabilities 4,992 4,793 3,629 Total liabilities 5,604 5,289 4,439 Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Ordinary shares 49 1,501 1,501 1,501 Capital redemption reserve 49 167 167 167 Retained earnings 422 428 449
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 2,090 2,096 2,117 Total liabilities and equity 7,694 7,385 6,556
The notes on pages 130 to 141 are an integral part of these financial statements.
The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the parent company income statement. The loss for the Company for the year was £6 million (2020: loss of £21 million, 2019: profit of £3 million).
These parent company financial statements were approved by the JLR plc Board and authorised for issue on 28 May 2021.
They were signed on its behalf by:
THIERRY BOLLORÉ CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
COMPANY REGISTERED NUMBER: 06477691
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Capital
Ordinary share Retained
(£ millions) redemption Total equity capital earnings reserve
Balance at 1 April 2020 1,501 167 428 2,096
Loss for the year — (6) (6)
Total comprehensive expense — (6) (6)
Dividend — —
Balance at 31 March 2021 1,501 167 422 2,090
Balance at 1 April 2019 1,501 167 449 2,117
Loss for the year — (21) (21)
Total comprehensive expense — (21) (21)
Dividend — —
Balance at 31 March 2020 1,501 167 428 2,096
Balance at 1 April 2018 1,501 167 671 2,339
Profit for the year — 3 3
Total comprehensive income — 3 3
Dividend — (225) (225)
Balance at 31 March 2019 1,501 167 449 2,117
The notes on pages 130 to 141 are an integral part of these financial statements.
PARENT COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Cash flows used in operating activities
(Loss)/profit for the year (6) (21) 3
Adjustments for:
Income tax expense—1 1 Allowances for other financial assets 7 24 -Finance income (259) (223) (187) Finance expense 257 222 183
Cash flows (used in)/generated from operating activities before changes in assets and
(1) 3 -liabilities
Other financial assets (606) (665) (446) Other current liabilities (2)—(1)
Net cash used in operating activities (609) (662) (447) Cash flows from investing activities
Finance income received 236 198 197
Net cash generated from investing activities 236 198 197 Cash flows generated from financing activities
Finance expenses and fees paid (236) (196) (193) Proceeds from issuance of long term borrowings 1,034 1,486 1,214 Repayment of borrowings (425) (826) (547) Dividends paid — (225)
Net cash generated from financing activities 373 464 249 Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents — (1)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year — 1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year — -
The notes on pages 130 to 141 are an integral part of these financial statements.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
129


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
43 Investments
Investments consist of the following:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Cost of unquoted equity investments at beginning and end of year 1,655 1,655 1,655
The Company has not made any investments or disposals of The Company has the following 100 per cent direct interest in investments in the year. the ordinary shares of a subsidiary undertaking:
Subsidiary undertaking Principle place of business and country Registered office address of incorporation
Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, Jaguar Land Rover Holdings Limited England and Wales England
The shareholding above is recorded at acquisition value in the Company’s accounts. Details of the indirect subsidiary undertakings are as follows:
Name of company Shareholding Principle place of business and Registered office country of incorporation address
Jaguar Land Rover Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Jaguar Land Rover North America, LLC. 100% USA 100 Jaguar Land Rover Way, Mahwah, NJ 07495, USA Jaguar Land Rover Deutschland GmbH 100% Germany Campus Kronberg 7, 61476, Kronberg im Taunus, Germany Jaguar Land Rover Belux N.V. 100% Belgium Generaal Lemanstraat 47, 2018 Antwerpen, Belgium Jaguar Land Rover Austria GmbH 100% Austria Siezenheimer Strasse 39a, 5020 Salzburg, Austria Jaguar Land Rover Italia SpA 100% Italy Via Alessandro Marchetti, 105—00148, Roma, Italy Jaguar Land Rover Australia Pty Ltd 100% Australia 189 O’Riordan Street, Mascot, 2020, NSW, Australia Jaguar Land Rover Espana SL 100% Spain Torre Picasso, Plaza Pablo Ruiz Picasso, 1 – Planta 42, 28020 Madrid, Spain Jaguar Land Rover Nederland BV 100% Holland PO Box 40, Stationsweg
8, 4153 RD Beesd, Netherlands Jaguar Land Rover Portugal -Veiculos e Pecas, Lda. 100% Portugal Rua. Do Pólo Sul Nº2—3ºB-3, Parque das Naçoes, 1990- 273, Lisboa, Portugal Jaguar Land Rover (China) Investment Co., Ltd 100% China 11F, No.06 (Building D) The (formerly Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Trading New Bund World Trade (Shanghai) Co. Ltd) Center (Phase II), Lane 227 Dongyu Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai 200126, China
Name of company Shareholding Principle place of business and Registered office address country of incorporation
Shanghai Jaguar Land Rover Automotive Service Co. Ltd 100% China 11F, No.06 (Building D) The New Bund World Trade Center (Phase II), Lane 227 Dongyu Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai 20012, China Jaguar Land Rover Japan Limited 100% Japan 3-13 Toranomon 4-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan, 45 Jaguar Land Rover Korea Co. Limited 100% Korea 25F West Mirae Asset Center
1 Building 67 Suha-dong, Jung-gu Seoul 100-210, Korea Jaguar Land Rover Canada ULC 100% Canada 75 Courtneypark Drive West, Unit 3 Mississauga, ON L5W
0E3,Canada Jaguar Land Rover France SAS 100% France Z.A. Kleber – Batiment Ellington, 165 Boulevard de Valmy, 92706 Colombes, Cedex, France Jaguar e Land Rover Brasil Indústria e Comércio de 100% Brazil Avenida Ibirapuera 2.332, Veículos LTDA Torre I—10º andar- Moema, 04028-002, São Paulo, SP, Brazil Jaguar Land Rover Limited Liability Company 100% Russia 28B, Building 2 Mezhdunarodnoe Shosse 141411, Moscow, Russian Federation Jaguar Land Rover (South Africa) Holdings Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Jaguar Land Rover (South Africa) (Pty) Limited 100% South Africa Simon Vermooten Road, Silverton, Pretoria 0184, South Africa Jaguar Land Rover India Limited 100% India Nanavati Mahalaya, 3rd floor, 18, Homi Mody Street, Mumbai, Maharashtra, India 400001 Daimler Transport Vehicles Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England S S Cars Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England The Lanchester Motor Company Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England The Daimler Motor Company Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Jaguar Land Rover Pension Trustees Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England JLR Nominee Company Limited (non-trading) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Jaguar Cars Limited (dormant) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Land Rover Exports Limited (non-trading) 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Land Rover Ireland Limited (non-trading) 100% Ireland c/o LK Shields Solicitors, 39/40 Upper Mount Street, Dublin 2, Ireland Jaguar Cars South Africa (Pty) Ltd (dormant) 100% South Africa Simon Vermooten Road, Silverton, Pretoria 0184, South Africa Jaguar Land Rover Slovakia s.r.o. 100% Slovakia Vysoka 2/B, 811 06 Bratislava, Slovakia Jaguar Land Rover Singapore Pte. Ltd 100% Singapore 138 Market Street, CapitaGreen, Singapore, 048946
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
131


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Name of company Shareholding Principle place of business and Registered office address country of incorporation
Jaguar Racing Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England In-Car Ventures Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England InMotion Ventures Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England InMotion Ventures 2 Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England InMotion Ventures 3 Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Jaguar Land Rover Colombia SAS 100% Colombia CL 67735 OFE, 1204 Bogotan Cundinamarka 1 3192 900, Colombia Jaguar Land Rover México, S.A.P.I. de C.V. 100% Mexico Av. Javier Barros Sierra No.540 Piso 7 Oficina 703, Col. Santa Fe la Fe Del., Alvaro Obregón, México, D.F. C.P.
01210 Jaguar Land Rover Servicios México, S.A. de C.V. 100% Mexico Av. Javier Barros Sierra No.540 Piso 7 Oficina 703, Col. Santa Fe la Fe Del., Alvaro Obregón, México, D.F. C.P.
01210 Jaguar Land Rover Taiwan Company LTD 100% Taiwan 12F, No. 40, Sec. 1, Chengde Road, Datong Dist., Taipei, City 103, Taiwan (R.O.C.) Jaguar Land Rover Ireland (Services) Limited 100% Ireland C/o LK Shields Solicitors 39/40 Upper Mount Street Dublin 2 Ireland Jaguar Land Rover Classic USA LLC 100% USA 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, USA Jaguar Land Rover Classic Deutschland GmbH 100% Germany Ringstraße 38, 45219 Essen, Germany Jaguar Land Rover Hungary KFT 100% Hungary Regus Capital Square, Vaci ut 76, 1133, Budapest, Hungary Jaguar Land Rover (Ningbo) Trading Co., Ltd. 100% China Office Building 12, No.1 Meishan Salt, Beilun District, Ningbo, Zhejiang Province, China Jaguar Land Rover Ventures Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Bowler Motors Limited 100% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Spark44 (JV) Ltd. 50.50% England and Wales Abbey Road, Whitley, Coventry, CV3 4LF, England Spark44 Limited 50.50% England and Wales The White Collar Factory, 1 Old Street Yard, London, EC1Y
8AF, England Spark44 LLC 50.50% USA 292 Madison Ave, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10017 Spark44 Canada Inc 50.50% Canada 10 Alcorn Avenue, Suite 205 Toronto, ON M4V 34, Canada Spark44 GmbH 50.50% Germany Querstrasse 7, 60322 Frankfurt am Main, Germany Spark44 Communicacions SL 50.50% Spain Prim 19, 4th floor, 28004 Madrid, Spain Spark44 S.r.l 50.50% Italy Via Marcella, 4/6- 00153 Rome, Italy Spark44 Pty Ltd 50.50% Australia Level 5, 65 Berry Street, North Sydney, NSW 2060
Name of company Shareholding Principle place of business and Registered office address country of incorporation
Spark44 DMCC 50.50% UAE Unit No:1401/04, Swiss Tower, Plot No:JLT-PH2- Y3A,Jumeirah Lakes Towers, Dubai, UAE Spark44 Seoul Limited 50.50% South Korea F12, 11 Cheonggyecheon-ro, Jongno-gu, Seoul, Korea Spark44 Singapore Pte Ltd 50.50% Singapore 138 Market Street #36-01/02, CapitaGreen, Singapore, 048946 Spark44 Japan K.K. 50.50% Japan 2-23-1-806, Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 153-0042, Japan Unit No. 604, 6th Floor,Sterling Centre, Spark44 Demand Creation Partners India Limited 50.50% India Dr.Annie Besant Road, Worli, Mumbai-18, Maharashtra , India
21 Forssman Close, Kyalami, Spark44 South Africa Pty Limited 50.50% South Africa Johannesburg, 1684, South Africa 6401&6501, 4F&5F Block
6.No .436 Ju Men Road Spark44 Shanghai Limited 50.50% China 200023 Huangpu District Shanghai China 18F., No.460, Sec. 4, Xinyi Rd., Spark44 Taiwan Limited 50.50% Taiwan Xinyi Dist., Taipei City 110, Taiwan (R.O.C.) Cl 72 # 10 07 oficina 401, Spark44 Colombia S.A.S 50.50% Colombia Bogota, Colombia
Details of the indirect holdings in equity accounted investments are given in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
133


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
44
Other financial assets
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Non-current
Receivables from subsidiaries 4,964 4,770 3,628
Current
Receivables from subsidiaries 1,074 958 1,270
£4,964 million (2020: £4,770 million, 2019: £3,628 million) of non-current receivables from subsidiaries and £599 million (2020: £487 million, 2019: £801 million) of current receivables from subsidiaries comprise loans to indirect subsidiaries
under terms matching the external interest-bearing loans and borrowings given in note 48.
45 Other assets
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Non-current Prepaid expenses—1 2 Current Prepaid expenses 1 1 1 46 Deferred tax assets and liabilities As at 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019 the Company has recognised no deferred tax assets or liabilities.
47 Other financial liabilities As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019 Current Interest accrued 79 62 33 Other 3 3 4 Total current other financial liabilities 82 65 37 48 Interest-bearing loans and investments As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
EURO MTF listed debt 3,922 3,518 2,839 Bank Loans 1,037 1,241 755 Long-term borrowings 4,959 4,759 3,594
Current portion of EURO MTF listed debt 399 299 767 Current portion of long-term bank loans 125 125 - Short-term borrowings 524 424 767 Euro MTF listed debt
The bonds are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange multilateral trading facility (“EURO MTF”) market. Details of the tranches of the bonds outstanding at 31 March 2021 are as follows:
• $500 million Senior Notes due 2023 at a coupon of 5.625 per cent per annum – issued January 2013
• £400 million Senior Notes due 2022 at a coupon of 5.000 per cent per annum – issued January 2014
• £400 million Senior Notes due 2023 at a coupon of 3.875 per cent per annum – issued February 2015
• €650 million Senior Notes due 2024 at a coupon of 2.200 per cent per annum – issued January 2017
• $500 million Senior Notes due 2027 at a coupon of 4.500 per cent per annum – issued October 2017
• €500 million Senior Notes due 2026 at a coupon of 4.500 per cent per annum – issued September 2018
• €500 million Senior Notes due 2024 at a coupon of 5.875 per cent per annum – issued November 2019
• €500 million Senior Notes due 2026 at a coupon of 6.875 per cent per annum – issued November 2019
• $700 million Senior Notes due 2025 at a coupon of 7.750 per cent per annum – issued October 2020
• $650 million Senior Notes due 2028 at a coupon of 5.875 per cent per annum – issued December 2020
Details of the tranches of the bond repaid in the year ended 31 March 2021 are as follows:
• £300 million Senior Notes due 2021 at a coupon of 2.750 per cent per annum – issued January 2017
Details of the tranches of the bond repaid in the year ended 31 March 2020 are as follows:
• $500 million Senior Notes due 2019 at a coupon of 4.250 per cent per annum – issued October 2014
• $500 million Senior Notes due 2020 at a coupon of 3.500 per cent per annum – issued March 2015
Details of the tranches of the bond repaid in the year ended 31 March 2019 are as follows:
• $700 million Senior Notes due 2018 at a coupon of 4.125 per cent per annum – issued December 2013
Syndicated Loan
In October 2018, a $1 billion syndicate loan was issued with a coupon rate of LIBOR + 1.900 per cent per annum, due in the following tranches:
• $200 million due October 2022
• $800 million due January 2025
The contractual cash flows of interest-bearing debt (excluding leases) are set out below, including estimated interest payments and assuming the debt will be repaid at the maturity date:
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Due in
1 year or less 798 660 957 2nd and 3rd years 2,134 2,035 1,011 4th and 5th years 2,326 2,141 1,696 More than 5 years 1,377 1,435 1,559
Total contractual cash flows 6,635 6,271 5,223
49 Capital and reserves
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Authorised, called up and fully paid
1,500,642,163 ordinary shares of £1 each 1,501 1,501 1,501
Total ordinary share capital 1,501 1,501 1,501
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends The capital redemption reserve of £167 million (2020, 2019: as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per £167 million) was created in March 2011 on the cancellation of share at meetings of the Company. share capital.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-135-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
50 Dividends
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Dividend proposed for the previous year paid during the year of £nil (2020: £nil, 2019:
£0.15) per ordinary share —                225
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders during the year —                225
Proposed dividend for the year of £nil (2020: £nil, 2019: £nil) per ordinary share                —                —                 —
51 Commitments and contingencies
The Company had no commitments or contingencies at 31 March 2021, 2020 or 2019.
52 Capital Management
As at 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Long-term debt 4,959 4,759 3,594
Short-term debt 524 424 767
Total debt 5,483 5,183 4,361
Equity attributable to shareholder 2,090 2,096 2,117
Total capital 7,573 7,279 6,478
53 Financial Instruments
This section gives an overview of the significance of financial instruments for the Company and provides additional information on balance sheet items that contain financial instruments.
The details of significant accounting policies, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument,
are disclosed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
(A) Financial assets and liabilities
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2021:
(£ millions)    Amortised cost and other Total carrying value Total fair value
financial liabilities    
Other financial assets—current    1,074 1,074 1,074
Other financial assets—non-current    4,964 4,964 4,964
Total financial assets    6,038 6,038 6,038
Other financial liabilities—current    82 82 82
Short-term borrowings    524 524 535
Long-term borrowings    4,959 4,959 5,122
Total financial liabilities    5,565 5,565 5,739
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2020:
(£ millions)    Amortised cost and other Total carrying value Total fair value
financial liabilities    
Other financial assets—current    958 958 958
Other financial assets—non-current    4,770 4,770 4,770
Total financial assets    5,728 5,728 5,728
Other financial liabilities—current    65 65 65
Short-term borrowings    424 424 408
Long-term borrowings    4,759 4,759 3,846
Total financial liabilities    5,248 5,248 4,319
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair value of each category of financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2019:
(£ millions)    Amortised cost and other Total carrying value Total fair value
financial liabilities    
Other financial assets—current    1,270 1,270 1,270
Other financial assets—non-current    3,628 3,628 3,628
Total financial assets    4,898 4,898 4,898
Other financial liabilities—current    37 37 37
Short-term borrowings    767 767 763
Long-term borrowings    3,594 3,594 3,245
Total financial liabilities    4,398 4,398 4,045
Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments held at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:
• Quoted prices in an active market (Level 1): This level of hierarchy includes financial instruments that are measured by reference to quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
• Valuation techniques with observable inputs (Level 2): This level of hierarchy includes financial assets and liabilities measured using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
• Valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): This level of hierarchy includes financial assets and liabilities measured using inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor based on available market data.
There has been no change in the valuation techniques adopted or any transfers between fair value levels in either current or prior
periods as presented.
Fair values of cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets and liabilities are assumed to approximate to cost due to the short-term maturing of the instruments and as the impact of discounting is not significant.
Management uses its best judgement in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments. However, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented above are not necessarily indicative of all the amounts that the Company could have realised in a sales transaction as of respective dates. The estimated fair value amounts as of 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been measured as of the respective dates. As such, the fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different from the amounts reported at each year end.
(B) Financial risk Management                
The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate, interest rate, liquidity and credit risks. The Company has a risk management framework in place that monitors all of these risks as discussed below. This framework is approved by the JLR plc Board.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
-137-


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
The fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates may have a potential impact on the balance sheet, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement where any transaction references more than one currency or where assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company.
The Company’s operations are subject to risks arising from fluctuations in exchange rates. The risks primarily relate to fluctuations in US Dollar and Euro against Sterling as the Company has US Dollar and Euro assets and liabilities and a GBP functional currency.
The following table sets forth information relating to foreign As at 31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019, there are no designated currency exposure as at 31 March 2021: cash flow hedges.
(£ millions) US Dollar Euro
Financial assets 2,480 1,861 Financial liabilities (2,447) (1,861)
Net exposure asset 3 -
A 10 per cent appreciation/depreciation of the US Dollar or Euro would result in an increase/decrease in the Company’s net profit before tax and net assets by approximately £nil and £nil respectively.
The following table sets forth information relating to foreign currency exposure as at 31 March 2020:
(£ millions) US Dollar Euro
Financial assets 2,033 2,180 Financial liabilities (2,033) (2,180)
Net exposure asset —
A 10 per cent appreciation/depreciation of the US Dollar or Euro would result in an increase/decrease in the Company’s net profit before tax and net assets by approximately £nil and £nil respectively.
The following table sets forth information relating to foreign currency exposure as at 31 March 2019:
(£ millions) US Dollar Euro
Financial assets 2,324 999 Financial liabilities (2,323) (998)
Net exposure asset 1 1
A 10 per cent appreciation/depreciation of the US Dollar or Euro would result in an increase/decrease in the Company’s net
profit before tax and net assets by approximately £nil and £nil respectively.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will lead to changes in interest income and expense for the Company.
The Company is presently funded with long-term fixed interest rate borrowings and long-term variable-rate borrowings. The Company is also subject to variable interest rates on certain other debt obligations.
As at 31 March 2021, net financial assets of £436 million (2020: £595 million, 2019: £503 million) were subject to a variable interest rate. An increase/decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates at the balance sheet date would result in an impact of £4 million (2020: £6 million, 2019: £5 million).
The risk estimates provided assume a parallel shift of 100 basis points interest rate across all yield curves. This calculation also
assumes that the change occurs at the balance sheet date and has been calculated based on risk exposures outstanding as at that date. The year-end balances are not necessarily representative of the average debt outstanding during the year.
Liquidity rate risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.
The Company’s policy on liquidity risk is to ensure that sufficient borrowing facilities are available to fund ongoing operations without the need to carry significant net debt over the medium term. The quantum of committed borrowing facilities available to the Company is reviewed regularly and is designed to exceed forecast peak gross debt levels.
The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:
As at 31 March 2021 (£ millions) Carrying Contractual 1 year 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years amount cash flows or less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings 4,959 6,054 221 1,263 3,193 1,377 Short-term borrowings 524 557 557 — -Other financial liabilities 82 28 22 6 —
Total contractual maturities 5,565 6,639 800 1,269 3,193 1,377
As at 31 March 2020 (£ millions) Carrying Contractual 1 year 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years amount cash flows or less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings 4,759 5,811 215 737 3,424 1,435 Short-term borrowings 424 434 434 — -Other financial liabilities 65 34 19 11 4 -
Total contractual maturities 5,248 6,279 668 748 3,428 1,435
As at 31 March 2019 (£ millions) Carrying Contractual 1 year 1 to <2 2 to <5 5 years amount cash flows or less years years and over
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings 3,594 5,186 946 449 1,595 2,196 Short-term borrowings 767 767 767 — -Other financial liabilities 37 37 11 11 15 -
Total contractual maturities 4,398 5,990 1,724 460 1,610 2,196
Credit risk
Financial instruments that are subject to concentrations of credit risk consist of loans to subsidiaries based in a variety of geographies and markets.
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.
Financial assets
None of the Company’s cash equivalents or other financial assets, including term deposits with banks, are past due or impaired. Regarding other financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, there were no indications as at 31 March 2021 (2020, 2019: no indications) that defaults in payment obligations will occur. However, as required under IFRS 9, the Company has assessed other financial assets for expected credit losses.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
139


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
These financial assets are loan receivables from subsidiaries and the Company notes there is no history of default on such arrangements. As there has been no significant increase in credit
risk, the Company has assessed these based on a 12-month expected credit loss. The impairment of the loan receivables due to the requirements under IFRS 9 are set out below:
As at 31 March 2021 2021 2021 Net 2020 2020 2020 Net 2019 2019 2019 Net (£ millions) Gross Impairment carrying Gross Impairment carrying Gross Impairment carrying value value value
Receivables from subsidiaries—current 1,077 (3) 1,074 960 (2) 958 1,270—1,270 Receivables from subsidiaries – non-current 4,992 (28) 4,964 4,792 (22) 4,770 3,628—3,628
Total 6,069 (31) 6,038 5,752 (24) 5,728 4,898—4,898
Movement in allowances for expected credit losses of financial assets
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
At beginning of year 24 —Charged during year 7 24 -
At end of year 31 24 -
54 Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities
(£ millions) Short-term borrowings Long-term borrowings
Balance at 1 April 2018 497 3,070
Proceeds from issue of financing—1,214 Repayment from issue of financing (547) -Reclassification of long term debt 768 (768) Foreign exchange 49 88 Arrangement fees paid—(18) Fee amortisation 1 7 Reclassification of long term debt fees (1) 1
Balance at 31 March 2019 767 3,594
Proceeds from issue of financing—1,486 Repayment of financing (826) -Reclassification of long term debt 477 (477) Foreign exchange 6 155 Arrangement fees paid (1) (8) Fee amortisation 2 8 Reclassification of long term debt fees (1) 1
Balance at 31 March 2020 424 4,759
Proceeds from issue of financing—1,034 Repayment of financing (425) -Reclassification of long term debt 525 (525) Foreign exchange—(309) Arrangement fees paid—(11) Fee amortisation—11
Balance at 31 March 2021 524 4,959
55 Related party transactions
Tata Sons Limited is a company with significant influence over the Company’s ultimate parent company Tata Motors Limited. The Company’s related parties therefore include Tata Sons Limited, subsidiaries and joint ventures of Tata Sons Limited
and subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures of Tata Motors Limited. The Company routinely enters into transactions with these related parties in the ordinary course of business.
The following table summarises related party balances:
(£ millions) With subsidiaries With immediate parent
31 March 2021
Loans to subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 6,038 -Loans from subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 34
31 March 2020
Loans to subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 5,728 -Loans from subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 36
31 March 2019
Loans to subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 4,898 -Loans from subsidiaries of Tata Motors Limited 37
Compensation of key management personnel
Year ended 31 March (£ millions) 2021 2020 2019
Short-term benefits 6 4 4 Post-employment benefits 1 —Other long-term employee benefits 1 1 -
Total compensation of key management personnel 8 5 4
Apart from the directors, the Company did not have any employees and had no employee costs in the years ended
31 March 2021, 2020 and 2019. All directors’ costs are fully recharged to Jaguar Land Rover Limited.
56 Auditor’s remuneration
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of services to the Company and its associates, other than the audit of the Company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a consolidated basis in the consolidated financial statements.
57 Ultimate parent company and parent company of larger group
The immediate parent undertaking is TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore), which is the parent for the smallest group to consolidate these financial statements. The ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party is Tata Motors Limited, India, which is the parent of the largest group to consolidate these financial statements.
Copies of the TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) consolidated financial statements can be obtained from the Company Secretary, TML Holdings Pte. Ltd. 9 Battery Road #15-01 MYP Centre, Singapore 049910.
Copies of the Tata Motors Limited, India consolidated financial statements can be obtained from the Company Secretary, Tata Motors Limited, Bombay House, 24, Homi Mody Street, Mumbai-400001, India.
58 Subsequent events
On 1 April 2021, the company agreed a revolving credit facility of £1,310 million which will become available when the existing facility expires in July 2022. The new facility will be available in full until March 2024.
JAGUAR LAND ROVER AUTOMOTIVE PLC
Annual Report 2020/21
141